WO2022111683A1 - Substituted azabicyclooctane compound and preparation method therefor, and intermediate and preparation method therefor - Google Patents

Substituted azabicyclooctane compound and preparation method therefor, and intermediate and preparation method therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022111683A1
WO2022111683A1 PCT/CN2021/133949 CN2021133949W WO2022111683A1 WO 2022111683 A1 WO2022111683 A1 WO 2022111683A1 CN 2021133949 W CN2021133949 W CN 2021133949W WO 2022111683 A1 WO2022111683 A1 WO 2022111683A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
acid
compound
formula
preparation
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/133949
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曾振亚
张江波
贾淼
吴波
蔡训志
张兴松
李雪健
冯一骁
马有红
高清富
Original Assignee
上海海雁医药科技有限公司
扬子江药业集团有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 上海海雁医药科技有限公司, 扬子江药业集团有限公司 filed Critical 上海海雁医药科技有限公司
Priority to CN202180079164.6A priority Critical patent/CN116635392A/en
Publication of WO2022111683A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022111683A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D451/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/04Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof with hetero atoms directly attached in position 3 of the 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or in position 7 of the 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring system
    • C07D451/06Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D451/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/07Optical isomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/13Crystalline forms, e.g. polymorphs
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the field of organic chemical synthesis, in particular to a substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound, an intermediate thereof and a preparation method thereof.
  • Orexin is a hunger-regulating signal secreted by the hypothalamus, named for its strong orexinic effect.
  • Orexin A (Orexin A) and orexin B (Orexin B) are a kind of neuropeptides, both act on G protein-coupled receptors orexin receptor OX1R and orexin receptor OX2R.
  • Orexin A and orexin B act on G protein-coupled receptors orexin receptor OX1R and orexin receptor OX2R.
  • the binding ability of OX1R to orexin A was stronger than that of orexin B, while the binding ability of OX2R to orexin A and orexin B was comparable.
  • dogs with narcolepsy are due to mutations in the gene that expresses OX2R, which leads to OX2R dysfunction.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound, a preparation method thereof, an intermediate thereof and a preparation method of the intermediate, the azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound can be used for Preparation of orexin receptor antagonists.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof:
  • Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on the ring A is substituted by n R a , and each R a is the same or different, and is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1- 3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 1 , R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl
  • n 0, 1 or 2.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R a is hydrogen
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • the compound of formula (I) has the following structure:
  • the salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (I) and an acid.
  • the acid is an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a preparation method of a compound of formula (I), comprising the steps:
  • ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • R a represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • the molar ratio of the compounds of formula a, formula b and formula c is (1-2):1:1.
  • the mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) further comprises the isomer represented by formula (II),
  • Rings A, R a , n, R 1 and R 2 are as defined in the above specification.
  • the isomer represented by formula (II) is the following structure:
  • the compound of formula a is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
  • R 1 is a C 1-3 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • the temperature of the reaction is -20°C to 50°C, preferably 0°C to 30°C, more preferably 5°C to 25°C.
  • step (1) the reaction time is greater than 0.5 hour.
  • step (1) in the mixture comprising the compound of formula (I), the molar ratio of the compound of formula (I) to the compound of formula (II) is greater than 1:1, preferably (1.5-2 ):1.
  • step (1) the compound of formula a participates in the reaction in the form of an unpurified reaction solution.
  • step (1) the compound of formula b participates in the reaction in the form of a reaction solution after reacting with hydrochloric acid.
  • step (1) the compound of formula c participates in the reaction in the form of a mixed solution with hydrochloric acid.
  • step (1) the reaction is carried out in a system with a pH value of 1 to 5, preferably in a system with a pH value of 3 to 4.
  • reaction of step (1) is carried out in a system containing a pH adjuster.
  • the pH adjusting agent is selected from: sodium acetate, sodium hydroxide, a combination of sodium acetate and sodium hydroxide.
  • step (2) the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
  • the acid-containing solution is a solution containing an acid and a solvent selected from the group consisting of: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof .
  • a solvent selected from the group consisting of: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonit
  • the acid is selected from organic acids and inorganic acids, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and Methanesulfonic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid
  • the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric
  • the acid concentration is 0.1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, preferably 0.5 mol/L to 5 mol/L.
  • the acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • the acid-containing solution is a solution composed of hydrochloric acid and ethyl acetate.
  • the treatment (or "free") in the step (3) refers to treating the salt of the compound of formula (I) obtained in the step (2) with a solution containing a base selected from: Triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5, 4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or a combination thereof.
  • a base selected from: Triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide,
  • the treatment (or "free") in the step (3) refers to treating the salt of the compound of formula (I) obtained in the step (2) with a solution containing sodium hydroxide.
  • the preparation method of the mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) comprises the steps:
  • reaction solution 1a containing the compound of formula a;
  • the first solvent is selected from water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof;
  • the second solvent is selected from water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof;
  • reaction solution 1a In the presence of a pH adjusting agent system, the reaction solution 1a, the mixture 1b and the mixture 1c are mixed to carry out a cyclization reaction, thereby obtaining a mixture containing the compound of formula (I).
  • the acid described in step (1b) is an inorganic acid, preferably hydrochloric acid.
  • the acid described in step (1c) is an inorganic acid, preferably hydrochloric acid.
  • the pH regulator in step (1d) is selected from the group consisting of: sodium acetate, sodium hydroxide, a combination of sodium acetate and sodium hydroxide.
  • step (1d) the reaction is carried out under the condition of pH 1 to 5, preferably under the condition of pH 3 to 4.
  • the reaction temperature is -20°C to 50°C, preferably 0°C to 30°C, more preferably 5°C to 25°C.
  • the C 1-3 alkyl alcohol in step (1a) is methanol, ethanol or isopropanol.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring.
  • the compound of formula c has the following structure:
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides a preparation method of a compound of formula (VII), comprising the steps:
  • Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy
  • (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl
  • n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
  • R LG is halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate ester, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O -, p - CH3C6H4S (O)2O-, CH3S (O) 2- , CH3S ( O) - .
  • R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • the compound of formula (V) has the following structure:
  • the compound of formula (VII-a) has the following structure:
  • step (f) the purification is to add acid to the compound of formula (VII-a) or its solution.
  • the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
  • the acid-containing solution is a solution containing an acid and a solvent selected from the group consisting of: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof .
  • a solvent selected from the group consisting of: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonit
  • the acid is selected from organic acids and inorganic acids, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and Methanesulfonic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid
  • the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric
  • the acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • the acid-containing solution is a solution composed of hydrochloric acid and ethyl acetate.
  • the present invention provides another preparation method of the compound of formula (VII), comprising the steps:
  • (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on the ring A is replaced by n pieces of R a , each R a is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl , ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy;
  • (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted by m R b , and each R b is the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • Z is N.
  • the compound of formula (V-1) has the following structure:
  • the compound of formula (VII) has the following structure:
  • the compound of formula (I) is prepared by the preparation method described in the second aspect of the present invention.
  • step (a) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent.
  • the reducing agent is selected from:
  • Tetrabutylamine borohydride sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, borane, iso Propanol - aluminum triisopropoxide, lithium aluminum tetrahydrogen, lithium aluminum hydride tri-tert-butoxide, samarium diiodide;
  • the inert solvent is selected from: water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • the reduction reaction of step (a) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent; the reducing agent is sodium borohydride; the inert solvent is methanol.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (I) to the reducing agent in step (a) is 1:(1-3).
  • step (b) the elimination reaction of step (b) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a hydroxyl activator, a base and an inert solvent.
  • the hydroxyl activator is a sulfonyl chloride
  • the sulfonyl chloride is selected from: benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and methanesulfonyl chloride.
  • the base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, tert-butanol Lithium, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or its combination.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene
  • the base is selected from: ammonia water, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, tetramethylethylenediamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, ethanol Sodium, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), pyrazole, imididine , lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium acetate, sodium phenate, sodium benzoate, sodium citrate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or a combination thereof.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene
  • the inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloromethane Ethyl chloride, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, or combinations thereof.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (III) to the hydroxyl activator in step (b) is 1:(1-2).
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (III) to the base in step (b) is 1:(1-2).
  • step (c) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
  • a complex compound selected from the group consisting of palladium, rhodium (such as tris(triphenylphosphine) rhodium chloride), cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate combination; and
  • the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV) to the reducing agent in step (c) is 1:(1-10).
  • step (c) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metal magnesium and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol.
  • step (c) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metallic magnesium and methanol.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV) to metal magnesium in step (c) is 1:(1-10).
  • the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent, a Lewis acid and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and borohydride Lithium; the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof; the Lewis acid is selected from: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, chloride Zinc, Cupric Chloride, Aluminum Chloride, Ferrous Chloride, Nickel Chloride and Gallium Dichloride.
  • step (c) the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride, tetrahydrofuran and lithium chloride.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV), reducing agent and Lewis acid in step (c) is 1:(1-8):(1-5).
  • step (c1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
  • a complex compound selected from the group consisting of palladium, rhodium (such as tris(triphenylphosphine) rhodium chloride), cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate combination; and
  • the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • step (c1) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metal magnesium and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol.
  • step (c1) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metallic magnesium and methanol.
  • the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent, a Lewis acid and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and borohydride Lithium; the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • a reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and borohydride Lithium
  • the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, x
  • the Lewis acid is selected from lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, cupric chloride, aluminum chloride, ferrous chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV), reducing agent and Lewis acid in step (c1) is 1:(1-8):(1-5).
  • step (c1) is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride, tetrahydrofuran and lithium chloride.
  • step (d) or step (d1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
  • the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • the palladium catalyst is selected from: palladium carbon, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (Pd 2 (dba) 3 ), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 ), palladium acetate, bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloro, palladium trifluoroacetate, palladium triphenylphosphine acetate, bis(tri-o-benzylphosphine) palladium dichloride, 1,2-bis(bis(di(triphenylphosphine) palladium) Phenylphosphino)ethane palladium dichloride or a combination thereof.
  • step (d) or step (d1) is carried out in a system containing red aluminum and toluene.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (V) or formula (V-1) to the reducing agent in step (d) or step (d1) is 1:(1-5).
  • step (e) or step (e1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a base and an inert solvent, the base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, Tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene ( DBU), lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or combinations thereof.
  • a base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, Tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide
  • the inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate , acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, or a combination thereof.
  • step (e) or step (e1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a base and an inert solvent, and the base is sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide or tert-butanol Lithium; the inert solvent is toluene.
  • step (e) or step (e1) is carried out in a system containing sodium tert-butoxide and toluene.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (VI) or formula (VI-1) to the base in the substitution reaction is 1:(1-5).
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula (VI) or formula (VI-1) to the compound of formula (VIa) in the substitution reaction is 1:(1-2).
  • the compound of formula (VIa) is selected from:
  • the fourth aspect of the present invention provides a compound of formula (VII-a) or a salt thereof:
  • Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy
  • (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl
  • n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
  • Said salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (VII-a) and an acid.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • n 1 or 2.
  • R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R a is hydrogen
  • R b is fluorine
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • the acid is an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • Z is N.
  • the compound of formula (VII-a) has the following structure:
  • the present invention also provides a compound of formula (VII) or a salt thereof:
  • the salt is a salt of a compound of formula (VII) with an acid.
  • the acid is an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • n 1 or 2.
  • R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R a is hydrogen
  • R b is fluorine
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • Z is N.
  • the compound of formula (VII) has the following structure:
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (VII-a), the method comprising the steps of: substituting the compound of formula (VI) with the compound of formula (VIa) in an inert solvent in the presence of a base reaction, thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VII-a);
  • ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy
  • (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl
  • n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
  • R LG is halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate ester, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O -, p - CH3C6H4S (O)2O-, CH3S (O) 2- , CH3S ( O) - .
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound of formula (VII), the method comprising the steps of: purifying the compound of formula (VII-a) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
  • the compound of formula (VII-a) is prepared by the above-mentioned preparation method.
  • the purification is to add acid to the compound of formula (VII-a) or its solution.
  • the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
  • the acid is selected from organic acids and inorganic acids, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and Methanesulfonic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid
  • the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric
  • R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • Z is N.
  • the compound of formula (VIa) is selected from:
  • the substitution reaction is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a base and an inert solvent, the base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, ethanol Sodium, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), lithium hydroxide, hydrogen Sodium oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or a combination thereof;
  • a base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, ethanol Sodium, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-di
  • the inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate , acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, or a combination thereof.
  • the preparation method further comprises the step of forming a salt of the compound of formula (VII) with an acid to obtain a salt of the compound of formula (VII).
  • the acid is an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • the compound of formula (VI) is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
  • ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • R a represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl.
  • n 0.
  • R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl
  • R 2 is methyl
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • the compound of formula (I) is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
  • ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • R a represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • the acid is an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • the compound of formula a is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
  • R 1 is a C 1-3 alkyl group.
  • the mixture containing the compound of formula (I) further comprises the isomer represented by formula (II),
  • Rings A, R a , n, R 1 and R 2 are as defined in the above specification.
  • the sixth aspect of the present invention provides a preparation method of a compound of formula (IX), the method comprising the steps of: in a solvent, the compound of formula (VII) or its salt is removed from the substituent on the nitrogen atom, thereby obtaining the formula ( IX) compounds;
  • Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • R a represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R b represents that the hydrogen on the ring is replaced by m R b , each R b is the same or different, and each R b is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • the compound of formula (VII) is prepared by the preparation method described in the fifth aspect of the present invention.
  • the salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (VII) and an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
  • reaction is carried out in a system containing a palladium catalyst and selected from hydrogen, formic acid, and ammonium formate.
  • the palladium catalyst is selected from: palladium carbon, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (Pd 2 (dba) 3 ), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 ), palladium acetate, bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloro, palladium trifluoroacetate, palladium triphenylphosphine acetate, bis(tri-o-benzylphosphine) palladium dichloride, 1,2-bis(bis(di(triphenylphosphine) palladium) Phenylphosphino)ethane palladium dichloride or a combination thereof.
  • reaction is carried out in a system containing palladium on carbon and ammonium formate.
  • R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • R b is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • n 0.
  • n 1
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
  • R 2 is methyl
  • Z is N.
  • ring A is a benzene ring.
  • the compound of formula (IX) has the following structure:
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (X), comprising the steps of: in an inert solvent, mixing the compound of formula (IX) or its salt with compound 5-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl) ) benzoic acid carries out condensation reaction, thereby obtains the compound of formula (X);
  • R b represents that the hydrogen on the ring is replaced by m R b , each R b is the same or different, and each R b is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • R b is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
  • n 1 or 2.
  • Z is N.
  • the compound of formula (X) has the following structure:
  • the compound of formula (IX) is prepared by the method described in the sixth aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is an ellipsoid diagram of the three-dimensional structure of a compound 12 single crystal.
  • alkyl refers to straight and branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, C 1-10 alkyl is an alkyl group containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably C1-3 alkyl, similarly defined; non-limiting examples of alkyl include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl , n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3 -Methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethyl Butyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-di
  • alkoxy refers to -O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above.
  • a C 1-6 alkoxy group is preferable, and a C 1-3 alkoxy group is more preferable.
  • Non-limiting examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, and the like.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • boronic esters include (CH3O) 2B- , ( CH3CH2O ) 2B- , Wait.
  • treating is a free process, specifically, for example, after treating the salt of the compound of formula (I) with a suitable base or a solution of the base
  • the compound of formula (I) is obtained in free base form.
  • the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (VII), using compounds of formula a, formula b and formula c as starting materials, through cyclization reaction, reduction reaction, elimination reaction, two-step reduction reaction, and substitution reaction to obtain formula (VII) compound, the method comprises the steps of: in an inert solvent (such as water, ethyl acetate, etc.), at a certain temperature (such as -10 ° C to 25 ° C), the reaction solution containing the compound of formula a is treated with acid.
  • an inert solvent such as water, ethyl acetate, etc.
  • the obtained mixture of the compound of formula b and the solvent, and the mixture of the compound of formula c obtained by acid treatment and the solvent are mixed, and the pH of the reaction solution is controlled to be 1-5, and the reaction is carried out for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby obtaining a mixture comprising:
  • a mixture of compounds of formula (I) the resulting mixture is treated with an acid to give a salt of a compound of formula (I), and the resulting salt is treated (or "free") to give a compound of formula (I).
  • Described inert solvent refers to the solvent that does not participate in or influence above-mentioned ring-forming reaction, including but not limited to water, ethyl acetate.
  • Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on the ring A is substituted by n R a , and each R a is the same or different, and is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • the acid is an inorganic acid, most preferably hydrochloric acid.
  • the compound of formula (I) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 50°C, preferably -10°C to 5°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 6 hours, preferably 2 hours to 4 hours), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (III);
  • a temperature eg -20°C to 50°C, preferably -10°C to 5°C
  • a period of time eg 0.5 hours to 6 hours, preferably 2 hours to 4 hours
  • the inert solvent and the reducing agent may be known in the art, suitable for various combinations of reducing agents and inert solvents for the selective reduction of carbonyl groups when both ester groups and carbonyl groups are present, wherein the reducing agent may be selected from, for example, tetrabutyl borohydride Amine salts, sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, borane, isopropanol-triisopropoxide aluminum , a combination of lithium aluminum tetrahydride, lithium aluminum tri-tert-butoxide, samarium diiodide, zinc and a Lewis acid (such as antimony trichloride, etc.), a catalyst selected from the group consisting of metal palladium, nickel, platinum and lead and a catalyst selected from Combination of hydrogen donors of hydrogen, formic acid, formate, etc.
  • the reducing agent may be
  • the inert solvent can be selected from, for example, water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent selected from the group consisting of sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride and potassium borohydride and C 1-
  • a reducing agent selected from the group consisting of sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride and potassium borohydride and C 1-
  • the reaction is carried out in a system containing 4 alkyl alcohols, more preferably in a system containing sodium borohydride and methanol.
  • the compound of formula (III) is subjected to an elimination reaction for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
  • the elimination reaction can be carried out in any system known in the art that is suitable for the ⁇ -elimination reaction, such as in a reaction system containing a hydroxyl activator and a base, wherein the hydroxyl activator can be sulfonyl chloride, etc., and the sulfonyl chloride can be selected Such as benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride and the like.
  • the base can be selected from: ammonia water, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, tetramethylethylenediamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, tert-butanol Sodium, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), pyrazole, imididine, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide , potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium acetate, sodium phenate, sodium benzoate, sodium citrate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene
  • the inert solvent may be selected from, for example, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile , dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the hydroxyl activator is preferably p-toluenesulfonyl chloride or methanesulfonyl chloride.
  • the base is preferably triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicycle [5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide.
  • the inert solvent is preferably toluene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane or dichloromethane.
  • the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 48 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (V);
  • a temperature eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C
  • a period of time eg 0.5 hours to 48 hours
  • the inert solvent and reducing agent can be known in the art, and are suitable for the combination of various reducing agents and inert solvents that can selectively reduce unsaturated double bonds or triple bonds in ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated esters, wherein the reducing agent is optional Metals such as magnesium, alkyl silicon hydrides, hydrides of tin, selenium or tellurium, zinc and a combination of a hydrogen donor selected from formic acid, formate, a combination of tin, carbon monoxide and water, selected from palladium, rhodium (such as A combination of a complex of tris(triphenylphosphine) rhodium chloride), cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate, a catalyst selected from palladium, nickel and The combination of hydrogen donors selected from hydrogen, formic acid, formate, borane, hydrosulfite, ethylenic reductase,
  • the inert solvent can be selected from, for example, C 1-4 alkyl alcohols, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloromethane Ethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out in a system containing metal magnesium and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, or in a system containing palladium catalyst/hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, wherein the palladium catalyst can be palladium carbon, Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(Pd2(dba)3), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(Pd(PPh3)4), palladium acetate, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, trifluoro Palladium acetate, triphenylphosphine palladium acetate, bis(tri-o-benzylphosphine)palladium dichloride, 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane palladium dichloride, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction is more preferably carried out in a system containing metallic magnesium and methanol.
  • the reducing agent can also be potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride or a combination of lithium borohydride and Lewis acid;
  • the Lewis acid is selected from: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, copper chloride, chloride Aluminum, ferrous chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride.
  • the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride and lithium chloride.
  • the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 48 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (V-1);
  • a temperature eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C
  • a period of time eg 0.5 hours to 48 hours
  • the reducing agent is potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride or a combination of lithium borohydride and Lewis acid;
  • the Lewis acid is selected from: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, copper chloride, aluminum chloride, Ferric chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride.
  • the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride and lithium chloride.
  • the reducing agent can also be a combination of metal magnesium and methanol.
  • the compound of formula (V) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (VI);
  • a temperature eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C
  • a period of time eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours
  • the compound of formula (V-1) is reacted with a reducing agent for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours). ), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VI-1);
  • the inert solvent and the reducing agent can be known in the art, suitable for reducing the ester group to a combination of various reducing agents and inert solvents, wherein the reducing agent can be selected from the combination of red aluminum, palladium catalyst and hydrogen, propylene Sodium diacyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, lithium trisec-butylborohydride, sodium borohydride, boron A combination of potassium hydride or lithium borohydride and a Lewis acid, borane, diisobutylaluminum hydride, lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride, lithium aluminum tetrahydride, potassium hydroxide-diglycol, samarium diiodide, [ A combination of CpFe(CO) 2 (PCy 3 )][BF 4 ] and phenylsilane, and the like
  • the inert solvent can be selected from, for example, C 1-4 alkyl alcohols, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloromethane Ethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out in a reaction containing red aluminum and selected from the group consisting of toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane alkane and acetonitrile in an inert solvent system.
  • a reaction containing red aluminum selected from the group consisting of toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane alkane and acetonitrile in an inert solvent system.
  • the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with the compound of formula (VIa) in the presence of a base for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VII-a), and then purifying the compound of formula (VII-a) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
  • the compound of formula (VI-1) is reacted with the compound of formula (VIa) in the presence of a base for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VII);
  • R b is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy
  • Z is N or CR 3
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl
  • m is 0, 1 or 2
  • R LG represents a leaving group, such as halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O-, p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 S(O) 2 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 - , CH 3 S(O)-, etc.
  • the base in this reaction can be, for example, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8- Diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, etc., or its combination.
  • DBU 1,8- Diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene
  • the inert solvent may be, for example, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile , dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the compound of formula (VII-a) can be purified to the compound of formula (VII) by various purification methods known in the art, including, for example, chromatographic column separation and purification.
  • the preferred purification method is to purify the compound of formula (VII-a)
  • the compound or its solution is subjected to acid treatment.
  • the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
  • Described acid is selected from organic acid and inorganic acid, wherein inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; Organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, propionic acid Diacid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and methanesulfonic acid.
  • inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid
  • Organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, propionic acid Diacid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid
  • the acid-containing solution is a solution containing an acid and a solvent selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane , ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • a solvent selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane , ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N
  • the present invention provides a preparation method of the compound of formula (X), which takes the compound of formula (VII) as a starting material, and obtains the compound of formula (X) through deprotection reaction and condensation reaction, and the method comprises the steps:
  • the compound of formula (VII) is subjected to a deprotection reaction for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 48 hours), Thereby the compound of formula (IX) is obtained;
  • ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
  • (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy
  • (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl
  • n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • Z is N or CR 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
  • reaction is carried out in a system comprising a palladium catalyst and a system selected from hydrogen and ammonium formate.
  • the compound of formula (IX) is combined with compound 5-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)benzene in an inert solvent at a certain temperature (eg -10°C to 100°C, preferably 0°C to 80°C)
  • a certain temperature eg -10°C to 100°C, preferably 0°C to 80°C
  • Formic acid is subjected to condensation reaction, and the compound of formula (X) is obtained after the reaction for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours);
  • (R b ) m represents that hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently being hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy; m is 0, 1 or 2; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • the condensing agent may be selected from T3P , CDI, EDCI, HOBt, HATU and the like.
  • the inert solvent can be selected such as toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile , dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for preparing the compound of formula (IX) by adopting novel intermediate compounds of formula (I) and formula (VII). Compared with the prior art, this synthetic method has the following advantages:
  • the preparation process of the starting material is simpler, and it is easier to purify to obtain the desired isomer intermediate product, which overcomes the disadvantage that the prior art cannot separate and purify the desired configuration intermediate in the previous synthesis step and avoids the
  • the prior art requires a large amount of organic solvent consumption and a long purification process caused by column chromatography purification, which is more conducive to scale-up production.
  • the intermediates prepared from the starting materials of the present invention are easier to separate and purify in the early steps of the reaction to obtain the desired isomer intermediate products, which greatly reduces the amount of by-products (isomers) produced in the later steps.
  • the separation and purification are difficult, the atom economy of the reaction is improved, and the generation of three wastes is reduced.
  • LC-MS Agilent 1290 HPLC System/6130/6150MS Liquid Mass Spectrometer (manufacturer: Agilent), column Waters BEH/CHS, 50 ⁇ 2.1 mm, 1.7 ⁇ m.
  • HPLC analysis adopts Agilent 1260 Infinity HPLC, OpenLAB CDS Chemstation workstation, chromatographic column XBridge C18 4.6*250mm, ID 5 ⁇ m column, detector DAD.
  • ISCO Combiflash-Rf75 or Rf200 automatic column passing instrument Agela 4g, 12g, 20g, 40g, 80g, 120g disposable silica gel column.
  • the specific rotation was measured by a Rudolf Autopol VI polarimeter at a detection temperature of 20 °C.
  • the single crystal structure was tested using a D8 Venture X-ray single crystal diffractometer.
  • Light source Cu target
  • resolution Current and voltage: 50kV, 1.2mA, exposure time 10s, distance from surface detector to sample 40mm, test temperature 150(2)K.
  • Known starting materials can be synthesized using or according to methods known in the art, or can be purchased from ABCR GmbH & Co. KG, Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Shaoyuan Chemical Technology (Accela ChemBio Inc) and Darui Chemicals, etc. company.
  • DMB is 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl
  • THF is tetrahydrofuran
  • EA is ethyl acetate
  • PE petroleum ether
  • Ac2O is acetic anhydride
  • NBS is N-bromosuccinimide
  • DCM is dichloromethane
  • AIBN is azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Pd(dppf)Cl is 1,1' - bis(diphenylphosphonium)ferrocene]palladium dichloride
  • TFA is trifluoroacetic acid
  • TBSCl is tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride
  • NCS is N - chlorosuccinimide
  • DHP is dihydrotetrahydropyran
  • LiAlH is lithium aluminum hydride
  • PMB is p-methoxybenzyl
  • LiHMDS is two (trimethylsilyl) lithium amide
  • Pd 2 (dba) 3 is tris
  • room temperature refers to about 20-25°C.
  • Step 1 Cool the mixture of 200 g of 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid, 280 mL of acetic acid and 200 mL of toluene to 5-10 °C, slowly add 220 mL of acetic anhydride dropwise, and continue stirring for 4 to 10 h after the dropwise addition; The filter cake was dried under reduced pressure at 40-50° C. for 6 hours to obtain 224 g of compound 1-a as a white solid with a yield of 87%. MS m/z (ESI): 129 [M+H] + .
  • Step 2 Add 107 g of compound 1-a into the reaction flask, drop 215 mL of isopropanol at 0-15 °C, control the internal temperature to 5-20 °C, stir until dissolved, add 300 mL of ice water, store at 0-10 °C, no need Purification was used directly in the next reaction.
  • Step 1.1 Add 33.2 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 177.3 mL of water into the reaction flask 1, then add 86.3 g of compound b, heat up to 50-55 °C, stir for 3 hours and then drop to about 25 °C, add 430 mL of water for later use.
  • Step 1.2 Add 140 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 740 mL of water into the reaction flask 2, cool the temperature to 5-15° C., and add 79.1 g of compound 3 dropwise with stirring for later use.
  • Step 1.3 Slowly drop the solution of the reaction flask 1 prepared in step 1.1 into the solution of the reaction flask 2 prepared in step 1.2, stir for 0.5 hours, add the solution prepared in Example 1 to the reaction flask 2, and then add the solution to the reaction flask 2.
  • 250 mL of an aqueous solution containing 53.5 g of sodium acetate was added, and then 40% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise to adjust the pH to about 3-4, and the internal temperature was maintained at 5 to 15° C. and stirred for 12 hours.
  • Step 2 Add 203.5 g of the obtained mixture and 500 mL of ethyl acetate into the reaction flask, and slowly add 330 mL of HCl/ethyl acetate (concentration 2.0 mol/L) dropwise at 0 to 5 °C; °C continue to stir for 3-4 hours, filter, wash the filter cake with EA, and vacuum dry the filter cake at 50 °C to obtain 79.5 g of the hydrochloride salt of compound 4-1 as a pale yellow solid with a purity of 97.5%.
  • Step 3 Mix and stir 60.0 g of the hydrochloride of compound 4-1 and 300 mL of ethyl acetate, add dropwise 20% sodium hydroxide solution at 0 to 10 ° C until the pH value is alkaline, stir for 0.5 hours, and let stand The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate 300 mL ⁇ 2, the organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain 52 g of compound 4-1, which was a red oil, yield 96.6%, purity 97.3%.
  • Step 1.1 Add 7.5 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 40 mL of water into the reaction flask 3, then add 20.2 g of compound b, heat up to 50-55 °C, stir for 3 hours and then drop to about 25 °C, add 100 mL of water for later use.
  • Step 1.2 32 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 168 mL of water were added to the reaction flask 4, cooled to 5-15° C., and 18.5 g of compound 3 was added dropwise with stirring for later use.
  • Step 1.3 Slowly drop the solution of the reaction flask 3 prepared in step 1.1 into the solution of the reaction flask 4 prepared in step 1.2, stir for 0.5 hours, add the solution prepared in Example 2 to the reaction flask 4, and then add the solution to the reaction flask 4.
  • 65 mL of an aqueous solution containing 12.5 g of sodium acetate was added, and then 40% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise to adjust the pH to about 3-4, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • Step 1.1 Add 20 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of water into the reaction flask 5, then add 50 g of compound b, heat up to 50-55 °C, stir for 3 hours and then drop to about 25 °C, add 250 mL of water for later use.
  • Step 1.2 Add 80 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 420 mL of water into the reaction flask 6, cool down to 5-15 °C, and add 45.8 g of compound 3 dropwise with stirring for later use.
  • Step 1.3 Slowly drop the solution of the reaction flask 5 prepared in step 1.1 into the solution of the reaction flask 6 prepared in step 1.2, stir for 0.5 hours, and add 250 mL of an aqueous solution containing 70.8 g of 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid. Add it to the reaction flask 6, then add 150 mL of an aqueous solution containing 31 g of sodium acetate, and then add dropwise 40% sodium hydroxide solution to adjust the pH to about 3-4, and stir at room temperature overnight.
  • Step 2 Add 20ml of anhydrous toluene into a 100ml three-necked flask, add 0.5g of NaH in batches under nitrogen protection, and dropwise add 0.8g of diethyl carbonate at the same time. After the addition, stir until no more bubbles are released. The temperature was raised to 85-95°C, and a solution prepared by dissolving 1.0 g of compound 13 in 5 mL of toluene was added dropwise, and the temperature was controlled to be about 95°C. After the addition was completed, stirring was continued for 1 hour at this temperature, and sampling was carried out for detection, and the reaction was complete.
  • the reaction solution was cooled to about 60 °C, poured into a mixture of 60 mL of ice water, 30 mL of ethyl acetate and 5 mL of hydrochloric acid for quenching, and the temperature was kept below 10 °C with constant stirring. After the quenching was completed, it was left to stand for separation, and the aqueous phase was extracted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with 30 mL of saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated at 55 °C to obtain 1.0 g of red oil.
  • Step 1 Add 52 g of compound 4-1 and 250 mL of methanol into a three-necked flask, under nitrogen protection, add 12.5 g of sodium borohydride in batches while stirring at -10°C, stir for 2 hours, and LCMS monitors the completion of the reaction.
  • the internal temperature was controlled at -10 to 0°C, and 80 mL of water and 40 mL of saturated ammonium chloride solution were added dropwise to quench the reaction.
  • reaction solution was concentrated, 300 mL of ethyl acetate was added for extraction, the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 52.2 g of a reddish-brown oil (compound 5), purity: 86.6% , the yield is 100%.
  • Step 2 Add 47.3 g of compound 5 and 250 mL of toluene into the reaction flask and stir, add 18.6 g of sodium tert-butoxide at 0 to 10 °C, and slowly dropwise add 120 mL of a toluene solution containing 34.1 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and the dropwise addition is completed. , stirred for 1 hour at 0-10° C., added 20.0 g of sodium tert-butoxide, stirred overnight, and monitored the reaction by LCMS.
  • Step 3 Dissolve 21.4 g of compound 6 in 160 mL of methanol, add 15.4 g of magnesium chips in batches at 0 to 10° C., and continue stirring until the reaction is complete. Quench with 90 mL of acetic acid and 45 mL of water. Concentrate under reduced pressure to remove methanol, add 215 mL of ethyl acetate to the residue, and dropwise add 20% potassium carbonate solution to pH 6-7. The layers were left to stand, the organic layer was washed with 150 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 18.1 g of a red oil (compound 7). The yield was 84.2%, and the purity was 82.5%. MS m/z (ESI): 302.2 [M+H] + .
  • Step 4 Under nitrogen protection, 18.1g of compound 7 (1.0eq) and 180mL of toluene were added to the reaction flask, and 52g of toluene solution containing 70% red aluminum (3.0eq) was added dropwise at 0 to 5°C, and the reaction solution was at room temperature. under stirring for 18 hours. 20% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise at 0 to 10° C. to adjust the pH value to be greater than 12.
  • Step 1 Under nitrogen protection, add 14.7 g of compound 8 and 300 mL of toluene into the reaction flask and stir, and add 11.0 g of 2,5-difluoropyridine (compound 9) and 23.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide at 0-10 °C, Stir at room temperature until the reaction is complete.
  • Step 2 Add 18.3 g of compound 10 and 180 mL of ethyl acetate into a 500 mL three-necked flask and stir, add dropwise 2mol/L HCl/40 mL of ethyl acetate under an ice bath, a large amount of solids are precipitated, and continue to stir under an ice water bath for 3 to 4 hours , filtered with suction, and the solid was dried under vacuum at 50°C. 19.0 g of compound 10-1 hydrochloride was obtained with a yield of 93.8% and a purity of 82.9%.
  • the chirality detection method is as follows:
  • Step 3 Add 5.0 g of compound 10-1 hydrochloride, 100 mL of methanol, and 0.5 g of palladium carbon into a 250 mL three-necked flask, stir at room temperature, add 4.2 g of ammonium formate, and stir overnight. Suction filtration, adding 50 mL of water, rotary evaporation to remove most of the methanol, dropwise addition of NaOH solution (2M) until the pH is basic, extraction with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 50 x 2), and the organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution (50 mL). , dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and rotary-evaporated to obtain 3.13 g of compound 11, which is a colorless transparent liquid, yield: 100%, purity: 95.1%.

Abstract

The present invention relates to an intermediate of a substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound, and a preparation method therefor. Specifically, disclosed in the present invention are an intermediate (the compound of formula (I)), a preparation method therefor, and a method for preparing an azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound by means of the intermediate. The definitions of groups in the formula are detailed in the description and the claims.

Description

取代的氮杂双环辛烷化合物及其中间体和制备方法Substituted azabicyclooctane compounds and their intermediates and preparation methods 技术领域technical field
本发明涉及有机化学合成领域,具体地涉及一种取代的氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷化合物、其中间体及其制备方法。The invention relates to the field of organic chemical synthesis, in particular to a substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound, an intermediate thereof and a preparation method thereof.
背景技术Background technique
食欲素(Orexin)是由下丘脑分泌的一种饥饿调控信号,因其强烈的促食欲作用而得名。食欲素A(Orexin A)和食欲素B(Orexin B)是一种神经肽类物质,均作用于G蛋白偶联受体食欲素受体OX1R和食欲素受体OX2R。其中,OX1R与食欲素A的结合能力强于食欲素B,而OX2R与食欲素A和食欲素B的结合能力相当。随后就有研究发现患有发作性嗜睡病的犬类是由于其表达为OX2R的基因发生了突变,进而导致OX2R的功能紊乱。这一研究表明食欲素(Orexin)不但影响机体的摄食行为,还参与了睡眠-觉醒周期的调节。自此,研究者对失眠症(insomnia)的病因有了新的认识,即失眠症(insomnia)还可能是由于不恰当觉醒造成的。考虑到食欲素(Orexin)在睡眠-觉醒周期中的作用,Merck公司开展了对食欲素受体拮抗剂的研究。Orexin is a hunger-regulating signal secreted by the hypothalamus, named for its strong orexinic effect. Orexin A (Orexin A) and orexin B (Orexin B) are a kind of neuropeptides, both act on G protein-coupled receptors orexin receptor OX1R and orexin receptor OX2R. Among them, the binding ability of OX1R to orexin A was stronger than that of orexin B, while the binding ability of OX2R to orexin A and orexin B was comparable. Subsequently, studies have found that dogs with narcolepsy are due to mutations in the gene that expresses OX2R, which leads to OX2R dysfunction. This study shows that orexin not only affects the body's feeding behavior, but also participates in the regulation of the sleep-wake cycle. Since then, researchers have gained a new understanding of the etiology of insomnia, which may also be caused by inappropriate arousal. Considering the role of orexin in the sleep-wake cycle, Merck conducted research on orexin receptor antagonists.
目前已有多篇专利报到了多种不同种类的食欲素受体拮抗剂,其中WO2017028732中公开了中间体反式手性纯13的制备方法:At present, many patents have reported a variety of orexin receptor antagonists, and WO2017028732 discloses the preparation method of the intermediate trans-chiral pure 13:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000001
但该反应路线的起始原料1的制备过程中需要经过上苄基保护基、脱保护基和再上保护基三步完成,步骤繁琐。在化合物3的制备过程需用到氢化钠,放大操作比较危险。此外合成路线中有2个中间体(化合物6;10-a和10-b的混合物)都难以纯化,一般需要通过柱层析纯化,重复性差,且用到大量的有机溶剂,环境污染严重。另外由于该方法只能在最后步骤进行分离纯化,因此整体反应的原子经济性较差,合成中产生的副产物(异构体)多,收率低。However, the preparation process of the starting material 1 of this reaction route needs to be completed through three steps of adding a benzyl protecting group, deprotecting and adding a protecting group, and the steps are complicated. Sodium hydride is needed in the preparation process of compound 3, and the scale-up operation is dangerous. In addition, there are two intermediates in the synthetic route (compound 6; a mixture of 10-a and 10-b) which are difficult to purify, and generally need to be purified by column chromatography, which has poor repeatability, and uses a large amount of organic solvents, causing serious environmental pollution. In addition, since this method can only be separated and purified in the final step, the atom economy of the overall reaction is poor, many by-products (isomers) are produced in the synthesis, and the yield is low.
因此,开发出一种高效、低成本、易放大、可重复性好的反式手性纯的取代的氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷类化合物的合成工艺对工业化生产有着很重要的意义。Therefore, the development of a high-efficiency, low-cost, easy-to-scale, and reproducible synthetic process for trans-chiral pure substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds is of great significance for industrial production. .
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本发明的目的是提供一种取代的氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷化合物及其制备方法、其中间体以及中间体的制备方法,该氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷化合物可用于制备食欲素受体拮抗剂。The object of the present invention is to provide a substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound, a preparation method thereof, an intermediate thereof and a preparation method of the intermediate, the azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound can be used for Preparation of orexin receptor antagonists.
本发明第一方面提供了一种式(I)所示的化合物或其盐:A first aspect of the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000002
其中,in,
环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on the ring A is substituted by n R a , and each R a is the same or different, and is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1- 3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基;以及 R 1 , R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl; and
n为0、1或2。n is 0, 1 or 2.
在另一优选例中,n为0或1。In another preferred embodiment, n is 0 or 1.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢。 In another preferred embodiment, R a is hydrogen.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2各自独立地为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 1为异丙基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 1 is isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,式(I)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000003
在另一优选例中,所述的盐为式(I)化合物与酸形成的盐。In another preferred embodiment, the salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (I) and an acid.
在另一优选例中,所述酸为无机酸。In another preferred example, the acid is an inorganic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述无机酸为盐酸。In another preferred example, the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
本发明第二方面提供了一种式(I)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:A second aspect of the present invention provides a preparation method of a compound of formula (I), comprising the steps:
(1)在惰性溶剂中,将式a、式b和式c化合物进行环化反应,从而得到包含式(I)化合物的混合物;(1) in an inert solvent, the compound of formula a, formula b and formula c is subjected to cyclization reaction, thereby obtaining a mixture comprising the compound of formula (I);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000004
其中环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;wherein ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基; R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl;
n为0、1或2;n is 0, 1 or 2;
(2)将所得的包含式(I)化合物的混合物加酸处理后得到式(I)化合物的盐;(2) the obtained mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) is subjected to acid treatment to obtain a salt of the compound of formula (I);
(3)处理(或“游离”)所得的式(I)化合物的盐,从而得到式(I)化合物。(3) Treatment (or "free") of the resulting salt of the compound of formula (I) to give the compound of formula (I).
在另一优选例中,n为0或1。In another preferred embodiment, n is 0 or 1.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2各自独立地为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 1为异丙基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 1 is isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,式a、式b和式c化合物的摩尔比为(1-2):1:1。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compounds of formula a, formula b and formula c is (1-2):1:1.
在另一优选例中,所述包含式(I)化合物的混合物还包含式(II)所示异构体,In another preferred embodiment, the mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) further comprises the isomer represented by formula (II),
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000005
其中环A、R a、n、R 1和R 2如上述说明书中所定义。 wherein Rings A, R a , n, R 1 and R 2 are as defined in the above specification.
在另一优选例中,式(II)所示异构体为如下结构:In another preferred example, the isomer represented by formula (II) is the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000006
在另一优选例中,所述式a化合物由包含以下步骤的方法制得:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula a is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
将2H-吡喃-2,4,6-(3H,5H)三酮与烷基醇R 1OH进行反应,从而得到式a化合物; 2H-pyran-2,4,6-(3H,5H)trione is reacted with an alkyl alcohol R 1 OH to obtain a compound of formula a;
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000007
其中,R 1为C 1-3烷基。 wherein, R 1 is a C 1-3 alkyl group.
在另一优选例中,R 1为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 1 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,所述反应的温度为-20℃至50℃,优选为0℃至30℃,更优选为5℃至25℃。In another preferred embodiment, in step (1), the temperature of the reaction is -20°C to 50°C, preferably 0°C to 30°C, more preferably 5°C to 25°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,所述反应的时间大于0.5小时。In another preferred example, in step (1), the reaction time is greater than 0.5 hour.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,所述包含式(I)化合物的混合物中,式(I)化合物与式(II)化合物的摩尔比大于1:1,优选为(1.5~2):1。In another preferred example, in step (1), in the mixture comprising the compound of formula (I), the molar ratio of the compound of formula (I) to the compound of formula (II) is greater than 1:1, preferably (1.5-2 ):1.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,式a化合物以未纯化的反应液形式参与反应。In another preferred embodiment, in step (1), the compound of formula a participates in the reaction in the form of an unpurified reaction solution.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,式b化合物以与盐酸反应后的反应液形式参与反应。In another preferred example, in step (1), the compound of formula b participates in the reaction in the form of a reaction solution after reacting with hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,式c化合物以与盐酸的混合液形式参与反应。In another preferred example, in step (1), the compound of formula c participates in the reaction in the form of a mixed solution with hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)中,所述反应在pH值为1至5的体系中进行,优选在pH值为3至4的体系中进行。In another preferred example, in step (1), the reaction is carried out in a system with a pH value of 1 to 5, preferably in a system with a pH value of 3 to 4.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1)的反应在含有pH调节剂的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reaction of step (1) is carried out in a system containing a pH adjuster.
在另一优选例中,所述pH调节剂选自:醋酸钠、氢氧化钠、醋酸钠和氢氧化钠的组合。In another preferred example, the pH adjusting agent is selected from: sodium acetate, sodium hydroxide, a combination of sodium acetate and sodium hydroxide.
在另一优选例中,步骤(2)中,所述加酸处理为用含有酸的溶液进行处理。In another preferred example, in step (2), the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
在另一优选例中,所述含有酸的溶液为含有酸和选自下组的溶剂组成的溶液:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等,或其组合。 In another preferred example, the acid-containing solution is a solution containing an acid and a solvent selected from the group consisting of: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof .
在另一优选例中,所述酸选自有机酸和无机酸,其中无机酸选自:盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、碳酸、磷酸;有机酸选自:乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸。In another preferred embodiment, the acid is selected from organic acids and inorganic acids, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and Methanesulfonic acid.
在另一优选例中,含有酸的溶液中,酸的浓度为0.1mol/L至10mol/L,优选0.5mol/L至5mol/L。In another preferred example, in the acid-containing solution, the acid concentration is 0.1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, preferably 0.5 mol/L to 5 mol/L.
在另一优选例中,所述酸为盐酸。In another preferred embodiment, the acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,所述含有酸的溶液为盐酸和乙酸乙酯组成的溶液。In another preferred embodiment, the acid-containing solution is a solution composed of hydrochloric acid and ethyl acetate.
在另一优选例中,所述步骤(3)中的处理(或“游离”)是指用含有碱的溶液处理步骤(2)所得的式(I)化合物的盐,所述碱选自:三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶或其组合。In another preferred example, the treatment (or "free") in the step (3) refers to treating the salt of the compound of formula (I) obtained in the step (2) with a solution containing a base selected from: Triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5, 4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述步骤(3)中的处理(或“游离”)是指用含有氢氧化钠的溶液处理步骤(2)所 得的式(I)化合物的盐。In another preferred embodiment, the treatment (or "free") in the step (3) refers to treating the salt of the compound of formula (I) obtained in the step (2) with a solution containing sodium hydroxide.
在另一优选例中,包含式(I)化合物的混合物的制备方法,包括步骤:In another preference, the preparation method of the mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) comprises the steps:
(1a)将2H-吡喃-2,4,6-(3H,5H)三酮与C 1-3烷基醇进行反应,从而得到含有式a化合物的反应液1a; (1a) reacting 2H-pyran-2,4,6-(3H,5H)trione with C 1-3 alkyl alcohol to obtain a reaction solution 1a containing the compound of formula a;
(1b)用酸处理式b化合物和第一溶剂的混合物,得到混合物1b;(1b) treating the mixture of the compound of formula b and the first solvent with an acid to obtain the mixture 1b;
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000008
所述第一溶剂选自水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合; The first solvent is selected from water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof;
(1c)用酸处理式c化合物和第二溶剂的混合物,得到混合物1c;(1c) treating a mixture of a compound of formula c and a second solvent with an acid to obtain mixture 1c;
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000009
所述第二溶剂选自水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合; The second solvent is selected from water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof;
(1d)在pH调节剂体系存在下,将反应液1a、混合物1b和混合物1c混合进行环化反应,从而得到包含式(I)化合物的混合物。(1d) In the presence of a pH adjusting agent system, the reaction solution 1a, the mixture 1b and the mixture 1c are mixed to carry out a cyclization reaction, thereby obtaining a mixture containing the compound of formula (I).
其中,步骤(1a)、(1b)和(1c)的顺序可随意调换。Wherein, the sequence of steps (1a), (1b) and (1c) can be arbitrarily exchanged.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1b)中所述的酸为无机酸,优选为盐酸。In another preferred example, the acid described in step (1b) is an inorganic acid, preferably hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1c)中所述的酸为无机酸,优选为盐酸。In another preferred example, the acid described in step (1c) is an inorganic acid, preferably hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1d)中所述pH调节剂选自:醋酸钠、氢氧化钠、醋酸钠和氢氧化钠的组合。In another preferred example, the pH regulator in step (1d) is selected from the group consisting of: sodium acetate, sodium hydroxide, a combination of sodium acetate and sodium hydroxide.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1d)中,反应在pH值为1至5的条件下进行,优选在pH值为3至4的条件下进行。In another preferred example, in step (1d), the reaction is carried out under the condition of pH 1 to 5, preferably under the condition of pH 3 to 4.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1d)中,反应温度为-20℃至50℃,优选为0℃至30℃,更优选为5℃至25℃。In another preferred embodiment, in step (1d), the reaction temperature is -20°C to 50°C, preferably 0°C to 30°C, more preferably 5°C to 25°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(1a)中所述C 1-3烷基醇为甲醇、乙醇或异丙醇。 In another preferred embodiment, the C 1-3 alkyl alcohol in step (1a) is methanol, ethanol or isopropanol.
在另一优选例中,式c化合物中,n为0或1。In another preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula c, n is 0 or 1.
在另一优选例中,式c化合物中,R a为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula c, R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,式c化合物中,R 2为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, in the compound of formula c, R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,式c化合物中,环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环。In another preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula c, ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring.
在另一优选例中,式c化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula c has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000010
本发明第三方面提供了一种式(Ⅶ)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:A third aspect of the present invention provides a preparation method of a compound of formula (VII), comprising the steps:
(a)将式(I)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(III)化合物;(a) subjecting the compound of formula (I) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (III);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000011
(b)将式(III)化合物进行消除反应,从而得到式(IV)化合物;(b) the compound of formula (III) is subjected to elimination reaction to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000012
(c)将式(IV)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(V)化合物;(c) subjecting the compound of formula (IV) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (V);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000013
(d)将式(V)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(VI)化合物;(d) subjecting the compound of formula (V) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (VI);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000014
(e)将式(Ⅵ)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物进行取代反应,从而得到式(Ⅶ-a)化合物;(e) subjecting a compound of formula (VI) to a substitution reaction with a compound of formula (VIa) to obtain a compound of formula (VII-a);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000015
(f)将式(Ⅶ-a)化合物纯化得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;(f) purifying the compound of formula (VII-a) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000016
其中,in,
环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基; R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl;
m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
R LG为卤素、氨基、羟基、(HO) 2B-、硼酸酯、(NO 2) 2C 6H 3O-、CH 3S(O) 2O-、CF 3S(O) 2O-、p-CH 3C 6H 4S(O) 2O-、CH 3S(O) 2-、CH 3S(O)-。 R LG is halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate ester, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O -, p - CH3C6H4S (O)2O-, CH3S (O) 2- , CH3S ( O) - .
在另一优选例中,R a、R b各自独立地为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2各自独立地为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,式(V)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (V) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000017
在另一优选例中,式(Ⅶ-a)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VII-a) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000018
在另一优选例中,步骤(f)中,所述纯化为对式(Ⅶ-a)化合物或其溶液进行加酸处理。In another preferred embodiment, in step (f), the purification is to add acid to the compound of formula (VII-a) or its solution.
在另一优选例中,所述加酸处理为用含有酸的溶液进行处理。In another preferred embodiment, the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
在另一优选例中,所述含有酸的溶液为含有酸和选自下组的溶剂组成的溶液:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等,或其组合。 In another preferred example, the acid-containing solution is a solution containing an acid and a solvent selected from the group consisting of: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof .
在另一优选例中,所述酸选自有机酸和无机酸,其中无机酸选自:盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、碳酸、磷酸;有机酸选自:乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸。In another preferred embodiment, the acid is selected from organic acids and inorganic acids, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and Methanesulfonic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述酸为盐酸。In another preferred embodiment, the acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,所述含有酸的溶液为盐酸和乙酸乙酯组成的溶液。In another preferred embodiment, the acid-containing solution is a solution composed of hydrochloric acid and ethyl acetate.
本发明提供了另一种式(Ⅶ)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:The present invention provides another preparation method of the compound of formula (VII), comprising the steps:
(a)将式(I)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(III)化合物;(a) subjecting the compound of formula (I) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (III);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000019
(b)将式(III)化合物进行消除反应,从而得到式(IV)化合物;(b) the compound of formula (III) is subjected to elimination reaction to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000020
(c1)将式(IV)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(V-1)化合物;(c1) subjecting the compound of formula (IV) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (V-1);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000021
(d1)将式(V-1)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(VI-1)化合物;(d1) subjecting the compound of formula (V-1) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (VI-1);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000022
(e1)将式(Ⅵ-1)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物进行取代反应,从而得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;(e1) subjecting the compound of formula (VI-1) to a substitution reaction with the compound of formula (VIa) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000023
在另一优选例中,(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基;(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on the ring A is replaced by n pieces of R a , each R a is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl , ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy; (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted by m R b , and each R b is the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2各自独立地为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 1为异丙基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 1 is isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,Z为N。In another preferred embodiment, Z is N.
在另一优选例中,式(V-1)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred example, the compound of formula (V-1) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000024
在另一优选例中,式(Ⅶ)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VII) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000025
在另一优选例中,所述式(I)化合物由本发明第二方面所述制备方法制得。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is prepared by the preparation method described in the second aspect of the present invention.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂和惰性溶剂。所述还原剂选自:In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (a) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent. The reducing agent is selected from:
(a)硼氢化四丁基胺盐、丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠、三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠、氰基硼氢化钠、硼氢化钠、硼氢化锂、硼氢化钾、硼烷、异丙醇-三异丙氧铝、四氢铝锂、三叔丁氧基氢化铝锂、二碘化钐;(a) Tetrabutylamine borohydride, sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, borane, iso Propanol - aluminum triisopropoxide, lithium aluminum tetrahydrogen, lithium aluminum hydride tri-tert-butoxide, samarium diiodide;
(b)锌和路易斯酸(例如三氯化锑等)的组合;(b) a combination of zinc and a Lewis acid (eg, antimony trichloride, etc.);
(c)选自金属钯、镍、铂和铅的催化剂与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;(c) a combination of a catalyst selected from the group consisting of metallic palladium, nickel, platinum and lead and a hydrogen donor selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, formic acid, formate;
所述惰性溶剂选自:水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂和惰性溶剂;所述还原剂为硼氢化钠;所述惰性溶剂为甲醇。In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (a) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent; the reducing agent is sodium borohydride; the inert solvent is methanol.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)中式(I)化合物与还原剂的摩尔比为1:(1-3)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (I) to the reducing agent in step (a) is 1:(1-3).
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)的消除反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:羟基活化剂、碱和惰性溶剂。In another preferred embodiment, the elimination reaction of step (b) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a hydroxyl activator, a base and an inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述羟基活化剂为磺酰氯,所述磺酰氯选自:苯磺酰氯、对甲苯磺酰氯、甲磺酰氯。In another preferred embodiment, the hydroxyl activator is a sulfonyl chloride, and the sulfonyl chloride is selected from: benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and methanesulfonyl chloride.
在另一优选例中,所述碱选自:三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶或其组合。In another preferred example, the base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, tert-butanol Lithium, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine or its combination.
在另一优选例中,所述碱选自:氨水、三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、四甲基乙二胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、吡唑、咪啶、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸氢钠、碳酸钾、乙酸钠、苯酚钠、苯甲酸钠、柠檬酸钠、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶或其组合。在另一优选例中,所述惰性溶剂选自:甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇或其组合。In another preferred example, the base is selected from: ammonia water, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, tetramethylethylenediamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, ethanol Sodium, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), pyrazole, imididine , lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium acetate, sodium phenate, sodium benzoate, sodium citrate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or a combination thereof. In another preferred embodiment, the inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloromethane Ethyl chloride, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, or combinations thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中式(III)化合物与羟基活化剂的摩尔比为1:(1-2)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (III) to the hydroxyl activator in step (b) is 1:(1-2).
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中式(III)化合物与碱的摩尔比为1:(1-2)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (III) to the base in step (b) is 1:(1-2).
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂和惰性溶剂,其中所述还原剂选自:In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
(a)金属镁,烷基硅氢化合物,硼氢化钠,硼氢化锂,锡、硒或碲的氢化物,硼烷,保险粉(连二亚硫酸钠),烯键还原酶,酵母酶;(a) Metal magnesium, alkyl silicon hydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, hydride of tin, selenium or tellurium, borane, hydrosulfite (sodium hydrosulfite), ethylenic reductase, yeast enzyme;
(b)锌和选自甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;(b) a combination of zinc and a hydrogen donor selected from formic acid, formate;
(c)锡、一氧化碳和水的组合;(c) a combination of tin, carbon monoxide and water;
(d)选自钯、铑(如三(三苯基膦)氯化铑)、钴、镍、钌、铱、铜的络合物与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;和(d) a complex compound selected from the group consisting of palladium, rhodium (such as tris(triphenylphosphine) rhodium chloride), cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate combination; and
(e)选自钯、镍的催化剂与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;(e) a combination of a catalyst selected from palladium and nickel and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate;
所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)中式(IV)化合物与还原剂的摩尔比为1:(1-10)。In another preferred embodiment, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV) to the reducing agent in step (c) is 1:(1-10).
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有金属镁和C 1-4烷基醇的组合的体系中进行。 In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metal magnesium and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有金属镁和甲醇的组合的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metallic magnesium and methanol.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)中式(IV)化合物与金属镁的摩尔比为1:(1-10)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV) to metal magnesium in step (c) is 1:(1-10).
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂、路易斯酸和惰性溶剂,其中所述还原剂选自:硼氢化钾、硼氢化钠和硼氢化锂;所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合;所述路易斯酸选自:氯化锂、氯化钴、氯化镁、氯化锌、氯化铜、氯化铝、氯化亚铁、氯化镍和二氯化镓。 In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent, a Lewis acid and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and borohydride Lithium; the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof; the Lewis acid is selected from: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, chloride Zinc, Cupric Chloride, Aluminum Chloride, Ferrous Chloride, Nickel Chloride and Gallium Dichloride.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有硼氢化钠、四氢呋喃和氯化锂的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride, tetrahydrofuran and lithium chloride.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)中式(IV)化合物、还原剂和路易斯酸的摩尔比为1:(1-8):(1-5)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV), reducing agent and Lewis acid in step (c) is 1:(1-8):(1-5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂和惰性溶剂,其中所述还原剂选自:In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
(a)金属镁、烷基硅氢化合物、硼氢化钠、硼氢化锂、锡、硒或碲的氢化物、硼烷、保险粉、烯键还原酶、酵母酶;(a) metal magnesium, alkyl silicon hydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, tin, selenium or tellurium hydride, borane, hydrosulfite, olefinic reductase, yeast enzyme;
(b)锌和选自甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;(b) a combination of zinc and a hydrogen donor selected from formic acid, formate;
(c)锡、一氧化碳和水的组合;(c) a combination of tin, carbon monoxide and water;
(d)选自钯、铑(如三(三苯基膦)氯化铑)、钴、镍、钌、铱、铜的络合物与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;和(d) a complex compound selected from the group consisting of palladium, rhodium (such as tris(triphenylphosphine) rhodium chloride), cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate combination; and
(e)选自钯、镍的催化剂与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合;(e) a combination of a catalyst selected from palladium and nickel and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate;
所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有金属镁和C 1-4烷基醇的组合的体系中进行。 In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metal magnesium and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有金属镁和甲醇的组合的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing a combination of metallic magnesium and methanol.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂、路易斯酸和惰性溶剂,其中所述还原剂选自:硼氢化钾、硼氢化钠和硼氢化锂;所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。 In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent, a Lewis acid and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and borohydride Lithium; the inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述路易斯酸选自:氯化锂、氯化钴、氯化镁、氯化锌、氯化铜、氯化铝、氯化亚铁、氯化镍和二氯化镓。In another preferred example, the Lewis acid is selected from lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, cupric chloride, aluminum chloride, ferrous chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)中式(IV)化合物、还原剂和路易斯酸的摩尔比为1:(1-8):(1-5)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV), reducing agent and Lewis acid in step (c1) is 1:(1-8):(1-5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有硼氢化钠、四氢呋喃和氯化锂的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride, tetrahydrofuran and lithium chloride.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)或步骤(d1)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂和惰性溶剂,其中所述还原剂选自:In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (d) or step (d1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent and an inert solvent, wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
(a)红铝、丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠、三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠、氰基硼氢化钠、硼氢化钠、硼氢化锂、三乙基硼氢化锂、三仲丁基硼氢化锂、硼氢化钾、硼烷、二异丁基氢化铝、三叔丁氧基氢化铝锂、四氢铝锂、氢氧化钾-二甘醇、二碘化钐;(a) Red aluminum, sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, tri-sec-butylborohydride Lithium, potassium borohydride, borane, diisobutylaluminum hydride, lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride, lithium tetrahydroaluminum, potassium hydroxide-diglycol, samarium diiodide;
(b)钯催化剂和氢气的组合;(b) a combination of a palladium catalyst and hydrogen;
(c)硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾或硼氢化锂和路易斯酸的组合;(c) a combination of sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride or lithium borohydride and a Lewis acid;
(d)[CpFe(CO) 2(PCy 3)][BF 4]和苯基硅烷的组合; (d) a combination of [CpFe(CO) 2 (PCy 3 )][BF 4 ] and phenylsilane;
所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述钯催化剂选自:钯碳、三(二亚苄基丙酮)二钯(Pd 2(dba) 3)、四(三苯基膦)钯(Pd(PPh 3) 4)、醋酸钯、二氯二(三苯基膦)钯、三氟醋酸钯、三苯基膦醋酸钯、双(三邻苯甲基膦)二氯化钯、1,2-二(二苯基膦基)乙烷二氯化钯或其组合。 In another preferred embodiment, the palladium catalyst is selected from: palladium carbon, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (Pd 2 (dba) 3 ), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 ), palladium acetate, bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloro, palladium trifluoroacetate, palladium triphenylphosphine acetate, bis(tri-o-benzylphosphine) palladium dichloride, 1,2-bis(bis(di(triphenylphosphine) palladium) Phenylphosphino)ethane palladium dichloride or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)或步骤(d1)的还原反应在含有红铝和甲苯的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reduction reaction of step (d) or step (d1) is carried out in a system containing red aluminum and toluene.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)或步骤(d1)中式(V)或式(V-1)化合物与还原剂的摩尔比为1:(1-5)。In another preferred embodiment, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (V) or formula (V-1) to the reducing agent in step (d) or step (d1) is 1:(1-5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(e)或步骤(e1)的取代反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:碱和惰性溶剂,所述碱选自:三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶或其组合。In another preferred example, the substitution reaction of step (e) or step (e1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a base and an inert solvent, the base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, Tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene ( DBU), lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or combinations thereof.
所述惰性溶剂选自:甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇或其组合。The inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate , acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(e)或步骤(e1)的取代反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:碱和惰性溶剂,所述碱为叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾或叔丁醇锂;所述惰性溶剂为甲苯。In another preferred embodiment, the substitution reaction of step (e) or step (e1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a base and an inert solvent, and the base is sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide or tert-butanol Lithium; the inert solvent is toluene.
在另一优选例中,步骤(e)或步骤(e1)的取代反应在含有叔丁醇钠和甲苯的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the substitution reaction of step (e) or step (e1) is carried out in a system containing sodium tert-butoxide and toluene.
在另一优选例中,取代反应中式(Ⅵ)或式(Ⅵ-1)化合物与碱的摩尔比为1:(1-5)。In another preferred embodiment, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (VI) or formula (VI-1) to the base in the substitution reaction is 1:(1-5).
在另一优选例中,取代反应中式(Ⅵ)或式(Ⅵ-1)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物的摩尔比为1:(1-2)。In another preferred embodiment, the molar ratio of the compound of formula (VI) or formula (VI-1) to the compound of formula (VIa) in the substitution reaction is 1:(1-2).
在另一优选例中,式(Ⅵa)化合物选自:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VIa) is selected from:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000027
本发明第四方面提供了一种式(Ⅶ-a)所示的化合物或其盐:The fourth aspect of the present invention provides a compound of formula (VII-a) or a salt thereof:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000028
其中,in,
环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
所述的盐为式(Ⅶ-a)化合物与酸形成的盐。Said salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (VII-a) and an acid.
在另一优选例中,n为0或1。In another preferred embodiment, n is 0 or 1.
在另一优选例中,m为1或2。In another preferred example, m is 1 or 2.
在另一优选例中,R a、R b各自独立地为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢。 In another preferred embodiment, R a is hydrogen.
在另一优选例中,R b为氟。 In another preferred example, R b is fluorine.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,所述酸为无机酸。In another preferred example, the acid is an inorganic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述无机酸为盐酸。In another preferred example, the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,Z为N。In another preferred embodiment, Z is N.
在另一优选例中,式(Ⅶ-a)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VII-a) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000029
本发明还提供了一种式(Ⅶ)所示的化合物或其盐:The present invention also provides a compound of formula (VII) or a salt thereof:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000030
其中各基团如上所定义;所述的盐为式(Ⅶ)化合物与酸形成的盐。wherein each group is as defined above; the salt is a salt of a compound of formula (VII) with an acid.
在另一优选例中,所述酸为无机酸。In another preferred example, the acid is an inorganic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述无机酸为盐酸。In another preferred example, the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,n为0或1。In another preferred embodiment, n is 0 or 1.
在另一优选例中,m为1或2。In another preferred example, m is 1 or 2.
在另一优选例中,R a、R b各自独立地为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢。 In another preferred embodiment, R a is hydrogen.
在另一优选例中,R b为氟。 In another preferred example, R b is fluorine.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,Z为N。In another preferred embodiment, Z is N.
在另一优选例中,所述式(Ⅶ)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VII) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000031
本发明第五方面提供了一种式(Ⅶ-a)化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:在惰性溶剂中,在碱存在下,将式(Ⅵ)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物进行取代反应,从而得到式(Ⅶ-a)化合物;A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (VII-a), the method comprising the steps of: substituting the compound of formula (VI) with the compound of formula (VIa) in an inert solvent in the presence of a base reaction, thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VII-a);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000032
其中环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;wherein ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
R LG为卤素、氨基、羟基、(HO) 2B-、硼酸酯、(NO 2) 2C 6H 3O-、CH 3S(O) 2O-、CF 3S(O) 2O-、p-CH 3C 6H 4S(O) 2O-、 CH 3S(O) 2-、CH 3S(O)-。 R LG is halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate ester, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O -, p - CH3C6H4S (O)2O-, CH3S (O) 2- , CH3S ( O) - .
本发明还提供了一种式(Ⅶ)化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:将式(Ⅶ-a)化合物纯化,得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound of formula (VII), the method comprising the steps of: purifying the compound of formula (VII-a) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000033
其中各基团如上所定义。wherein each group is as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述式(Ⅶ-a)化合物由上述制备方法制得。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VII-a) is prepared by the above-mentioned preparation method.
在另一优选例中,所述纯化为对式(Ⅶ-a)化合物或其溶液进行加酸处理。In another preferred embodiment, the purification is to add acid to the compound of formula (VII-a) or its solution.
在另一优选例中,所述加酸处理为用含有酸的溶液进行处理。In another preferred embodiment, the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
在另一优选例中,所述酸选自有机酸和无机酸,其中无机酸选自:盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、碳酸、磷酸;有机酸选自:乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸。In another preferred embodiment, the acid is selected from organic acids and inorganic acids, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyl acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and Methanesulfonic acid.
在另一优选例中,R a、R b各自独立地为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a and R b are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,Z为N。In another preferred embodiment, Z is N.
在另一优选例中,式(Ⅵa)化合物选自:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VIa) is selected from:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000034
在另一优选例中,所述取代反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:碱和惰性溶剂,所述碱选自:三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶或其组合;In another preferred embodiment, the substitution reaction is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a base and an inert solvent, the base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, ethanol Sodium, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), lithium hydroxide, hydrogen Sodium oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, or a combination thereof;
所述惰性溶剂选自:甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇或其组合。The inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate , acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述制备方法还包括步骤:将式(Ⅶ)化合物与酸成盐得到式(Ⅶ)化合物的盐。In another preferred embodiment, the preparation method further comprises the step of forming a salt of the compound of formula (VII) with an acid to obtain a salt of the compound of formula (VII).
在另一优选例中,所述酸为无机酸。In another preferred example, the acid is an inorganic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述无机酸为盐酸。In another preferred example, the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,所述式(VI)化合物由包含以下步骤的方法制得:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VI) is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
(a)将式(I)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(III)化合物;(a) subjecting the compound of formula (I) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (III);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000035
(b)将式(III)化合物进行消除反应,从而得到式(IV)化合物;(b) the compound of formula (III) is subjected to elimination reaction to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000036
(c)将式(IV)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(V)化合物;(c) subjecting the compound of formula (IV) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (V);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000037
(d)将式(V)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(VI)化合物;(d) subjecting the compound of formula (V) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (VI);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000038
其中上述各式中,环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Wherein in the above formulas, ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
n为0、1或2;n is 0, 1 or 2;
R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基。 R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl.
在另一优选例中,n为0。In another preferred embodiment, n is 0.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2各自独立地为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are each independently methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 1为异丙基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 1 is isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,所述式(I)化合物由包含以下步骤的方法制得:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
(1)在惰性溶剂中,将式a、式b和式c化合物进行环化反应,从而得到包含式(I)化合物的混合物;(1) in an inert solvent, the compound of formula a, formula b and formula c is subjected to cyclization reaction, thereby obtaining a mixture comprising the compound of formula (I);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000039
其中环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;wherein ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基; R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl;
n为0、1或2;n is 0, 1 or 2;
(2)将所得的包含式(I)化合物的混合物加酸处理后得到式(I)化合物的盐;(2) the obtained mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) is subjected to acid treatment to obtain a salt of the compound of formula (I);
(3)处理(或“游离”)所得的式(I)化合物的盐,从而得到式(I)化合物。(3) Treatment (or "free") of the resulting salt of the compound of formula (I) to give the compound of formula (I).
在另一优选例中,所述酸为无机酸。In another preferred example, the acid is an inorganic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述无机酸为盐酸。In another preferred example, the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,所述式a化合物由包含以下步骤的方法制得:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula a is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
将2H-吡喃-2,4,6-(3H,5H)三酮与烷基醇R 1OH进行反应,从而得到式a化合物; 2H-pyran-2,4,6-(3H,5H)trione is reacted with an alkyl alcohol R 1 OH to obtain a compound of formula a;
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000040
其中,R 1为C 1-3烷基。 wherein, R 1 is a C 1-3 alkyl group.
在另一优选例中,所述含式(I)化合物的混合物还包含式(II)所示异构体,In another preferred embodiment, the mixture containing the compound of formula (I) further comprises the isomer represented by formula (II),
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000041
其中环A、R a、n、R 1和R 2如上述说明书中所定义。 wherein Rings A, R a , n, R 1 and R 2 are as defined in the above specification.
本发明第六方面提供了一种式(IX)化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:在溶剂中,将式(Ⅶ)化合物或其盐脱去氮原子上的取代基,从而得到式(IX)化合物;The sixth aspect of the present invention provides a preparation method of a compound of formula (IX), the method comprising the steps of: in a solvent, the compound of formula (VII) or its salt is removed from the substituent on the nitrogen atom, thereby obtaining the formula ( IX) compounds;
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000042
其中,in,
环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is replaced by m R b , each R b is the same or different, and each R b is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
n为0、1或2;n is 0, 1 or 2;
Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基。 Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
在另一优选例中,所述式(Ⅶ)化合物由本发明第五方面所述制备方法制得。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (VII) is prepared by the preparation method described in the fifth aspect of the present invention.
在另一优选例中,所述盐为式(Ⅶ)化合物与无机酸形成的盐。In another preferred embodiment, the salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (VII) and an inorganic acid.
在另一优选例中,所述无机酸为盐酸。In another preferred example, the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,所述反应在含有钯催化剂和选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸铵的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reaction is carried out in a system containing a palladium catalyst and selected from hydrogen, formic acid, and ammonium formate.
在另一优选例中,所述钯催化剂选自:钯碳、三(二亚苄基丙酮)二钯(Pd 2(dba) 3)、四(三苯基膦)钯(Pd(PPh 3) 4)、醋酸钯、二氯二(三苯基膦)钯、三氟醋酸钯、三苯基膦醋酸钯、双(三邻苯甲基膦)二氯化钯、1,2-二(二苯基膦基)乙烷二氯化钯或其组合。 In another preferred embodiment, the palladium catalyst is selected from: palladium carbon, tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (Pd 2 (dba) 3 ), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 ), palladium acetate, bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloro, palladium trifluoroacetate, palladium triphenylphosphine acetate, bis(tri-o-benzylphosphine) palladium dichloride, 1,2-bis(bis(di(triphenylphosphine) palladium) Phenylphosphino)ethane palladium dichloride or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述反应在含有钯碳和甲酸铵的体系中进行。In another preferred embodiment, the reaction is carried out in a system containing palladium on carbon and ammonium formate.
在另一优选例中,R a为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R a is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,R b为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R b is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,n为0。In another preferred embodiment, n is 0.
在另一优选例中,m为1。In another preferred example, m is 1.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl.
在另一优选例中,R 2为甲基。 In another preferred example, R 2 is methyl.
在另一优选例中,Z为N。In another preferred embodiment, Z is N.
在另一优选例中,环A为苯环。In another preferred example, ring A is a benzene ring.
在另一优选例中,式(IX)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (IX) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000043
本发明第七方面提供了一种式(X)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:在惰性溶剂中,将式(IX)化合物或其盐与化合物5-甲基-2-(嘧啶-2-基)苯甲酸进行缩合反应,从而得到式(X)化合物;A seventh aspect of the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (X), comprising the steps of: in an inert solvent, mixing the compound of formula (IX) or its salt with compound 5-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl) ) benzoic acid carries out condensation reaction, thereby obtains the compound of formula (X);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000044
其中,in,
(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is replaced by m R b , each R b is the same or different, and each R b is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基。 Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
在另一优选例中,R b为氢、氟、氯、溴、碘、甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基或异丙氧基。 In another preferred example, R b is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or isopropoxy.
在另一优选例中,m为1或2。In another preferred example, m is 1 or 2.
在另一优选例中,Z为N。In another preferred embodiment, Z is N.
在另一优选例中,式(X)化合物为如下结构:In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (X) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000045
在另一优选例中,所述式(IX)化合物由本发明第六方面所述方法制得。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (IX) is prepared by the method described in the sixth aspect of the present invention.
应理解,在本发明范围内中,本发明的上述各技术特征和在下文(如实施例)中具体描述的各技术特征之间都可以互相组合,从而构成新的或优选的技术方案。限于篇幅,在此不再一一累述。It should be understood that within the scope of the present invention, the above-mentioned technical features of the present invention and the technical features specifically described in the following (eg, the embodiments) can be combined with each other to form new or preferred technical solutions. Due to space limitations, it is not repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为一种化合物12单晶立体结构椭球图。FIG. 1 is an ellipsoid diagram of the three-dimensional structure of a compound 12 single crystal.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
术语定义Definition of Terms
如本文所用,“烷基”指直链和支链的饱和的脂族烃基,C 1-10烷基为包含1至10个碳原子的烷基,优选为C 1-6烷基,更优选为C 1-3烷基,定义类似;烷基的非限制性的例子包括:甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、仲丁基、正戊基、1,1-二甲基丙基、1,2-二甲基丙基、2,2-二甲基丙基、1-乙基丙基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、正己基、1-乙基-2-甲基丙基、1,1,2-三甲基丙基、1,1-二甲基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丁基、1,3-二甲基丁基、2-乙基丁基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、4-甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基丁基、正庚基、2-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、4-甲基己基、5-甲基己基、2,3-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、2-乙基戊基、3-乙基戊基、正辛基、2,3-二甲基己基、2,4-二甲基己基、2,5-二甲基己基、2,2-二甲基己基、3,3-二甲基己基、4,4-二甲基己基、2-乙基己基、3-乙基己基、4-乙基己基、2-甲基-2-乙基戊基、2-甲基-3-乙基戊基、正壬基、2-甲基-2-乙基己基、2-甲基-3-乙基己基、2,2-二乙基戊基、正癸基、3,3-二乙基己基、2,2-二乙基己基,及其各种支链异构体等更优选。 As used herein, "alkyl" refers to straight and branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, C 1-10 alkyl is an alkyl group containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably C1-3 alkyl, similarly defined; non-limiting examples of alkyl include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl , n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3 -Methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethyl Butyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl , 2,3-dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2 ,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 2-ethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, n-octyl, 2,3 - Dimethylhexyl, 2,4-dimethylhexyl, 2,5-dimethylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl, 3,3-dimethylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylhexyl , 2-ethylhexyl, 3-ethylhexyl, 4-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylpentyl, n-nonyl, 2-methyl Alkyl-2-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylpentyl, n-decyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylhexyl , and various branched chain isomers thereof are more preferred.
如本文所用,“烷氧基”指-O-烷基,其中烷基的定义如上所述。优选C 1-6烷氧基,更优选C 1-3烷氧基。非限制性实施例包含甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、异丙氧基、丁氧基、叔丁氧基、异丁氧基、戊氧基等。如本文所用,“卤素”指氟、氯、溴或碘。 As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to -O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above. A C 1-6 alkoxy group is preferable, and a C 1-3 alkoxy group is more preferable. Non-limiting examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, and the like. As used herein, "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
如本文所用,“硼酸酯”的非限制性实施例包含(CH 3O) 2B-、(CH 3CH 2O) 2B-、
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000046
等。
As used herein, non-limiting examples of "boronic esters" include (CH3O) 2B- , ( CH3CH2O ) 2B- ,
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000046
Wait.
本发明中“处理”式(I)化合物的盐以得到该式(I)化合物,即为游离的过程,具体地,例如将式(I)化合物的盐经过合适的碱或碱的溶液处理后得到该式(I)化合物游离碱形式。In the present invention, "treating" the salt of the compound of formula (I) to obtain the compound of formula (I) is a free process, specifically, for example, after treating the salt of the compound of formula (I) with a suitable base or a solution of the base The compound of formula (I) is obtained in free base form.
本发明人经过广泛而深入的研究,发现了一种制备取代的氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷化合物的中间体以及一种取代的氮杂双环[3.2.1]辛烷化合物的制备方法,该方法起始原料简单易得,反应选择性好,反应的原子经济性显著提高,并且,操作简便,环境友好,易于放大生产,显著降低了生产成本,节省了时间,产物纯度高,直接得到高纯度的临床用原料药。在此基础上,发明人完成了本发明。After extensive and in-depth research, the inventors found an intermediate for preparing substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and a preparation method for substituted azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds The method has the advantages of simple and easy-to-obtain starting materials, good reaction selectivity, significantly improved atom economy of the reaction, simple operation, environmental friendliness, easy to scale up production, significantly reduced production cost, saved time, high product purity, direct Obtain high-purity clinical APIs. On this basis, the inventors have completed the present invention.
本发明提供了一种式(Ⅶ)化合物的制备方法,以式a、式b和式c化合物为起始原料,通过成环反应,还原反应,消除反应,两步还原反应,取代反应得到式(Ⅶ)化合物,所述方法包括步骤:在惰性溶剂(如水,乙酸乙酯等)中,在一定温度(如-10℃至25℃)下,将含有式a化合物的反应液、经酸处理所得的式b化合物和溶剂的混合物,以及经酸处理所得的式c化合物和溶剂的混合物相混合,控制反应液pH为1-5,反应一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时),从而得到包含式(I)化合物的混合物,将所得混合物加酸处理后得到式(I)化合物的盐,处理(或“游离”)所得盐,从而得到式(I)化合物。所述的惰 性溶剂是指不参与或影响上述成环反应的溶剂,包括但不限于水,乙酸乙酯。The present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (VII), using compounds of formula a, formula b and formula c as starting materials, through cyclization reaction, reduction reaction, elimination reaction, two-step reduction reaction, and substitution reaction to obtain formula (VII) compound, the method comprises the steps of: in an inert solvent (such as water, ethyl acetate, etc.), at a certain temperature (such as -10 ° C to 25 ° C), the reaction solution containing the compound of formula a is treated with acid. The obtained mixture of the compound of formula b and the solvent, and the mixture of the compound of formula c obtained by acid treatment and the solvent are mixed, and the pH of the reaction solution is controlled to be 1-5, and the reaction is carried out for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby obtaining a mixture comprising: A mixture of compounds of formula (I), the resulting mixture is treated with an acid to give a salt of a compound of formula (I), and the resulting salt is treated (or "free") to give a compound of formula (I). Described inert solvent refers to the solvent that does not participate in or influence above-mentioned ring-forming reaction, including but not limited to water, ethyl acetate.
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000047
其中环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基;R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基;n为0、1或2;所述的酸为无机酸,最优选为盐酸。 wherein Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on the ring A is substituted by n R a , and each R a is the same or different, and is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy; R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl; n is 0, 1 or 2; the acid is an inorganic acid, most preferably hydrochloric acid.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至50℃,优选在-10℃至5℃)下,将式(I)化合物与还原剂反应一段时间(如0.5小时至6小时,优选2小时至4小时),从而得到式(III)化合物;The compound of formula (I) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 50°C, preferably -10°C to 5°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 6 hours, preferably 2 hours to 4 hours), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (III);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000048
其中惰性溶剂和还原剂可以是本领域已知的,适用于当同时存在酯基和羰基时选择性还原羰基的各类还原剂和惰性溶剂的组合,其中还原剂可选自如硼氢化四丁基胺盐,丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠,三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠,氰基硼氢化钠,硼氢化钠,硼氢化锂,硼氢化钾,硼烷,异丙醇-三异丙氧铝,四氢铝锂,三叔丁氧基氢化铝锂,二碘化钐,锌和路易斯酸(例如三氯化锑等)的组合,选自金属钯、镍、铂和铅的催化剂与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合等。惰性溶剂可选自如水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等,或其组合。优选地,该反应在含有选自丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠、三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠、氰基硼氢化钠、硼氢化钠、硼氢化锂和硼氢化钾的还原剂和C 1-4烷基醇的体系中进行,更优选在含有硼氢化钠和甲醇的体系中反应。 Wherein the inert solvent and the reducing agent may be known in the art, suitable for various combinations of reducing agents and inert solvents for the selective reduction of carbonyl groups when both ester groups and carbonyl groups are present, wherein the reducing agent may be selected from, for example, tetrabutyl borohydride Amine salts, sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, borane, isopropanol-triisopropoxide aluminum , a combination of lithium aluminum tetrahydride, lithium aluminum tri-tert-butoxide, samarium diiodide, zinc and a Lewis acid (such as antimony trichloride, etc.), a catalyst selected from the group consisting of metal palladium, nickel, platinum and lead and a catalyst selected from Combination of hydrogen donors of hydrogen, formic acid, formate, etc. The inert solvent can be selected from, for example, water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent selected from the group consisting of sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride and potassium borohydride and C 1- The reaction is carried out in a system containing 4 alkyl alcohols, more preferably in a system containing sodium borohydride and methanol.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至25℃,优选在-10℃至10℃)下,将式(III)化合物进行一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时)的消除反应,从而得到式(IV)化合物;In an inert solvent, at a certain temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C), the compound of formula (III) is subjected to an elimination reaction for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000049
其中消除反应可以在本领域已知的任何适合进行β-消除反应的体系中进行,例如在含羟基活化剂和碱的反应体系中进行,其中羟基活化剂可以为磺酰氯等,磺酰氯可选自如苯磺酰氯、对甲苯磺酰氯、甲磺酰氯等。碱可选自:氨水、三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、四甲基乙二胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、吡唑、咪啶、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸氢钠、碳酸钾、乙酸钠、苯酚钠、苯甲酸钠、柠檬酸钠、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶等,或其组合。惰性溶剂可选自如甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇等,或其组合。羟基活化剂优选为对甲苯磺酰氯或甲磺酰氯。碱优选为三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化钠或氢氧化钾。惰性溶剂优选为甲苯、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环或二氯甲烷。The elimination reaction can be carried out in any system known in the art that is suitable for the β-elimination reaction, such as in a reaction system containing a hydroxyl activator and a base, wherein the hydroxyl activator can be sulfonyl chloride, etc., and the sulfonyl chloride can be selected Such as benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride and the like. The base can be selected from: ammonia water, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, tetramethylethylenediamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, tert-butanol Sodium, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), pyrazole, imididine, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide , potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium acetate, sodium phenate, sodium benzoate, sodium citrate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, etc., or a combination thereof. The inert solvent may be selected from, for example, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile , dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, etc., or a combination thereof. The hydroxyl activator is preferably p-toluenesulfonyl chloride or methanesulfonyl chloride. The base is preferably triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicycle [5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide. The inert solvent is preferably toluene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane or dichloromethane.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至25℃,优选在-10℃至10℃)下,将式(IV)化合物与还原剂反应一段时间(如0.5小时至48小时),从而得到式(V)化合物;The compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 48 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (V);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000050
其中惰性溶剂和还原剂可以是本领域已知的,适用于选择性还原α,β-不饱和酯中不饱和双键或三键的各类还原剂和惰性溶剂的组合,其中还原剂可选自如金属镁,烷基硅氢化合物,锡、硒或碲的氢化物,锌和选自甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合,锡、一氧化碳和水的组合,选自钯、铑(如三(三苯基膦)氯化铑)、钴、镍、钌、铱、铜的络合物与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合,选自钯、镍的催化剂与选自氢气、甲酸、甲酸盐的供氢体的组合,硼烷,保险粉,烯键还原酶,酵母酶等。惰性溶剂可选自如C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等,或其组合。优选地,该反应在含有金属镁和C 1-4烷基醇的体系中进行,或者在含有钯催化剂/氢气和C 1-4烷基醇的体系中进行,其中钯催化剂可以为钯碳、三(二亚苄基丙酮)二钯(Pd2(dba)3)、四(三苯基膦)钯(Pd(PPh3)4)、醋酸钯、二氯二(三苯基膦)钯、三氟醋酸钯、三苯基膦醋酸钯、双(三邻苯甲基膦)二氯化钯、1,2-二(二苯基膦基)乙烷二氯化钯等,或其组合。该反应更优选在含有金属镁和甲醇的体系中进行。 The inert solvent and reducing agent can be known in the art, and are suitable for the combination of various reducing agents and inert solvents that can selectively reduce unsaturated double bonds or triple bonds in α,β-unsaturated esters, wherein the reducing agent is optional Metals such as magnesium, alkyl silicon hydrides, hydrides of tin, selenium or tellurium, zinc and a combination of a hydrogen donor selected from formic acid, formate, a combination of tin, carbon monoxide and water, selected from palladium, rhodium (such as A combination of a complex of tris(triphenylphosphine) rhodium chloride), cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper and a hydrogen donor selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate, a catalyst selected from palladium, nickel and The combination of hydrogen donors selected from hydrogen, formic acid, formate, borane, hydrosulfite, ethylenic reductase, yeast enzyme, etc. The inert solvent can be selected from, for example, C 1-4 alkyl alcohols, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloromethane Ethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in a system containing metal magnesium and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, or in a system containing palladium catalyst/hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, wherein the palladium catalyst can be palladium carbon, Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(Pd2(dba)3), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(Pd(PPh3)4), palladium acetate, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, trifluoro Palladium acetate, triphenylphosphine palladium acetate, bis(tri-o-benzylphosphine)palladium dichloride, 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane palladium dichloride, etc., or a combination thereof. The reaction is more preferably carried out in a system containing metallic magnesium and methanol.
其中还原剂也可以为硼氢化钾、硼氢化钠或硼氢化锂与路易斯酸的组合;所述路易斯酸选自:氯化锂、氯化钴、氯化镁、氯化锌、氯化铜、氯化铝、氯化亚铁、氯化镍和二氯化镓。所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。优选地,该反应在含有硼氢化钠和氯化锂的体系中进行。 Wherein the reducing agent can also be potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride or a combination of lithium borohydride and Lewis acid; the Lewis acid is selected from: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, copper chloride, chloride Aluminum, ferrous chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride. The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride and lithium chloride.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至25℃,优选在-10℃至10℃)下,将式(IV)化合物与还原剂反应一段时间(如0.5小时至48小时),从而得到式(V-1)化合物;The compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 48 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (V-1);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000051
其中还原剂为硼氢化钾、硼氢化钠或硼氢化锂与路易斯酸的组合;所述路易斯酸选自:氯化锂、氯化钴、氯化镁、氯化锌、氯化铜、氯化铝、氯化亚铁、氯化镍和二氯化镓。所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合。优选地,该反应在含有硼氢化钠和氯化锂的体系中进行。 Wherein the reducing agent is potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride or a combination of lithium borohydride and Lewis acid; the Lewis acid is selected from: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, copper chloride, aluminum chloride, Ferric chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride. The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in a system containing sodium borohydride and lithium chloride.
其中还原剂也可以为金属镁和甲醇的组合。The reducing agent can also be a combination of metal magnesium and methanol.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至25℃,优选在-10℃至10℃)下,将式(V)化合物与还原剂反应一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时),从而得到式(VI)化合物;The compound of formula (V) is reacted with a reducing agent in an inert solvent at a temperature (eg -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C) for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby to obtain the compound of formula (VI);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000052
或者在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至25℃,优选在-10℃至10℃)下,将式(V-1)化合物与还原剂反应一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时),从而得到式(VI-1)化合物;Alternatively, in an inert solvent, at a certain temperature (such as -20°C to 25°C, preferably -10°C to 10°C), the compound of formula (V-1) is reacted with a reducing agent for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours). ), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VI-1);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000053
其中惰性溶剂和还原剂可以是本领域已知的,适用于将酯基还原成羟基的各类还原剂和惰性溶剂的组合,其中还原剂可以选自如红铝,钯催化剂和氢气的组合,丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠,三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠,氰基硼氢化钠,硼氢化钠,硼氢化锂,三乙基硼氢化锂,三仲丁基硼氢化锂,硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾或硼氢化锂和路易斯酸的组合,硼烷,二异丁基氢化铝,三叔丁氧基氢化铝锂,四氢铝锂,氢氧化钾-二甘醇,二碘化钐,[CpFe(CO) 2(PCy 3)][BF 4]和苯基硅烷的组合等。惰性溶剂可选自如C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等,或其组合。优选地,该反应在含有红铝和选自甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙腈的惰性溶剂的体系中进行。 Wherein the inert solvent and the reducing agent can be known in the art, suitable for reducing the ester group to a combination of various reducing agents and inert solvents, wherein the reducing agent can be selected from the combination of red aluminum, palladium catalyst and hydrogen, propylene Sodium diacyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, lithium trisec-butylborohydride, sodium borohydride, boron A combination of potassium hydride or lithium borohydride and a Lewis acid, borane, diisobutylaluminum hydride, lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride, lithium aluminum tetrahydride, potassium hydroxide-diglycol, samarium diiodide, [ A combination of CpFe(CO) 2 (PCy 3 )][BF 4 ] and phenylsilane, and the like. The inert solvent can be selected from, for example, C 1-4 alkyl alcohols, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloromethane Ethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in a reaction containing red aluminum and selected from the group consisting of toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane alkane and acetonitrile in an inert solvent system.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至100℃,优选在-10℃至50℃)下,将式(Ⅵ)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物在碱存在下反应一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时),从而得到式(Ⅶ-a)化合物,然后将式(Ⅶ-a)化合物纯化得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;In an inert solvent, at a certain temperature (such as -20°C to 100°C, preferably at -10°C to 50°C), the compound of formula (VI) is reacted with the compound of formula (VIa) in the presence of a base for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VII-a), and then purifying the compound of formula (VII-a) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000054
或者在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至100℃,优选在-10℃至50℃)下,将式(Ⅵ-1)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物在碱存在下反应一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时),从而得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;Or in an inert solvent, at a certain temperature (such as -20°C to 100°C, preferably -10°C to 50°C), the compound of formula (VI-1) is reacted with the compound of formula (VIa) in the presence of a base for a period of time (eg 0.5 hours to 24 hours), thereby obtaining the compound of formula (VII);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000055
其中环A、R a、R 2、n同上所定义,R b为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基;Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基;m为0、1或2;R LG表示离去基团,例如可以为卤素、氨基、羟基、(HO) 2B-、硼酸酯、(NO 2) 2C 6H 3O-、CH 3S(O) 2O-、CF 3S(O) 2O-、p-CH 3C 6H 4S(O) 2O-、CH 3S(O) 2-、CH 3S(O)-等。 wherein ring A, R a , R 2 , and n are as defined above, R b is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl; m is 0, 1 or 2; R LG represents a leaving group, such as halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O-, p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 S(O) 2 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 - , CH 3 S(O)-, etc.
该反应中碱可以为例如三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶等,或其组合。惰性溶剂可以为如甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇等,或其组合。The base in this reaction can be, for example, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8- Diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, etc., or its combination. The inert solvent may be, for example, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile , dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, etc., or a combination thereof.
其中将式(Ⅶ-a)化合物纯化为式(Ⅶ)化合物可采用本领域已知的各类纯化方法进行纯化,包括例如色谱柱分离纯化等,优选的纯化方式为对式(Ⅶ-a)化合物或其溶液进行加酸处理。所述加酸处理为用含有酸的溶液进行处理。所述酸选自有机酸和无机酸,其中无机酸选自:盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、碳酸、磷酸;有机酸选自:乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸。所述含有酸的溶液为含有酸和选自下组的溶剂组成的溶液:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺等,或其组合。 The compound of formula (VII-a) can be purified to the compound of formula (VII) by various purification methods known in the art, including, for example, chromatographic column separation and purification. The preferred purification method is to purify the compound of formula (VII-a) The compound or its solution is subjected to acid treatment. The acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution. Described acid is selected from organic acid and inorganic acid, wherein inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; Organic acid is selected from: acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, propionic acid Diacid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and methanesulfonic acid. The acid-containing solution is a solution containing an acid and a solvent selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane , ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., or a combination thereof.
本发明提供了一种式(X)化合物的制备方法,以式(Ⅶ)化合物为起始原料,通过脱保护反应,缩合反应得到式(X)化合物,所述方法包括步骤:The present invention provides a preparation method of the compound of formula (X), which takes the compound of formula (VII) as a starting material, and obtains the compound of formula (X) through deprotection reaction and condensation reaction, and the method comprises the steps:
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-20℃至100℃,优选在-10℃至50℃)下,将式(Ⅶ)化合物进行一段时间(如0.5小时至48小时)的脱保护反应,从而得到式(IX)化合物;In an inert solvent, at a certain temperature (such as -20°C to 100°C, preferably -10°C to 50°C), the compound of formula (VII) is subjected to a deprotection reaction for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 48 hours), Thereby the compound of formula (IX) is obtained;
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000056
其中环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;wherein ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
(R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
本领域技术人员可根据该底物结构选择已知的各类合适的反应体系进行脱保护反应,优选在包含钯催化剂和选自氢气和甲酸铵的体系中进行反应。Those skilled in the art can select various known appropriate reaction systems to carry out the deprotection reaction according to the structure of the substrate, preferably the reaction is carried out in a system comprising a palladium catalyst and a system selected from hydrogen and ammonium formate.
在惰性溶剂中,在一定温度(如-10℃至100℃,优选在0℃至80℃)下,将式(IX)化合物与化合物5-甲基-2-(嘧啶-2-基)苯甲酸进行缩合反应,反应一段时间(如0.5小时至24小时)后得到式(X)化合物;The compound of formula (IX) is combined with compound 5-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)benzene in an inert solvent at a certain temperature (eg -10°C to 100°C, preferably 0°C to 80°C) Formic acid is subjected to condensation reaction, and the compound of formula (X) is obtained after the reaction for a period of time (such as 0.5 hours to 24 hours);
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000057
其中(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基;m为0、1或2;Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基。本领域技术人员可选择已知合适的各类缩合剂和惰性溶剂进行该反应。例如缩合剂可以选自T 3P、CDI、EDCI、HOBt、HATU等。惰性溶剂可选择如甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇等,或其组合。 wherein (R b ) m represents that hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently being hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy; m is 0, 1 or 2; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl. Those skilled in the art can select various types of condensing agents and inert solvents known to be suitable for carrying out the reaction. For example, the condensing agent may be selected from T3P , CDI, EDCI, HOBt, HATU and the like. The inert solvent can be selected such as toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile , dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, etc., or a combination thereof.
本发明提供了一种采用了新的中间体式(I)及式(Ⅶ)化合物制备式(IX)化合物的方法。与现有技术相比,本合成方法具有以下优点:The present invention provides a method for preparing the compound of formula (IX) by adopting novel intermediate compounds of formula (I) and formula (VII). Compared with the prior art, this synthetic method has the following advantages:
1、起始原料的制备工艺更简单,更易于纯化得到所需的异构体中间体产物,克服了现有技术无法在前期合成步骤中分离纯化得到所需构型中间体的缺点以及避免了现有技术需通过柱层析纯化所带来的有机溶剂的大量耗费以及长时间的纯化过程,更利于放大生产。1. The preparation process of the starting material is simpler, and it is easier to purify to obtain the desired isomer intermediate product, which overcomes the disadvantage that the prior art cannot separate and purify the desired configuration intermediate in the previous synthesis step and avoids the The prior art requires a large amount of organic solvent consumption and a long purification process caused by column chromatography purification, which is more conducive to scale-up production.
2、由本发明的起始原料制得的中间体更易于在反应前期步骤中分离纯化得到所需的异构体中间体产物,大大降低了后期步骤中所产生的副产物(异构体)的分离纯化难度,并提高了反应的原子经济性,降低了三废的生成。2. The intermediates prepared from the starting materials of the present invention are easier to separate and purify in the early steps of the reaction to obtain the desired isomer intermediate products, which greatly reduces the amount of by-products (isomers) produced in the later steps. The separation and purification are difficult, the atom economy of the reaction is improved, and the generation of three wastes is reduced.
3、起始原料的制备避免了危险试剂钠氢的使用,同时提高了反应的选择性,大大降低了工艺放大的操作危险性。3. The preparation of starting materials avoids the use of dangerous reagents sodium and hydrogen, and at the same time improves the selectivity of the reaction and greatly reduces the operational risk of process amplification.
下面结合具体实施例,进一步阐述本发明。应理解,这些实施例仅用于说明本发明而不用于限制本发明的范围。下列实施例中未注明具体条件的实验方法,通常按照常规条件或按照制造厂商所建议的条件。除非另外说明,否则百分比和份数按重量计算。除非另行定义,本文所用的术语与本领域熟练人员所熟悉的意义相同。此外,任何与所记载内容相似或同等的方法及材料皆可应用于本发明中。The present invention will be further described below in conjunction with specific embodiments. It should be understood that these examples are only used to illustrate the present invention and not to limit the scope of the present invention. In the following examples, the experimental methods without specific conditions are usually in accordance with conventional conditions or in accordance with the conditions suggested by the manufacturer. Percentages and parts are by weight unless otherwise indicated. Unless otherwise defined, terms used herein have the same meanings as those familiar to those skilled in the art. In addition, any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described can be used in the present invention.
试剂与仪器Reagents and Instruments
1HNMR:Bruker AVANCE-400核磁仪,内标为四甲基硅烷(TMS)。 1 HNMR: Bruker AVANCE-400 nuclear magnetic instrument, the internal standard is tetramethylsilane (TMS).
LC-MS:Agilent 1290 HPLC System/6130/6150MS液质联用质谱仪(生产商:安捷伦),柱子Waters BEH/CHS,50×2.1mm,1.7μm。LC-MS: Agilent 1290 HPLC System/6130/6150MS Liquid Mass Spectrometer (manufacturer: Agilent), column Waters BEH/CHS, 50×2.1 mm, 1.7 μm.
HPLC分析采用Agilent 1260 Infinity HPLC,OpenLAB CDS Chemstation workstation,色谱柱XBridge C18 4.6*250mm,ID 5μm column,检测器DAD。HPLC analysis adopts Agilent 1260 Infinity HPLC, OpenLAB CDS Chemstation workstation, chromatographic column XBridge C18 4.6*250mm, ID 5μm column, detector DAD.
采用ISCO Combiflash-Rf75或Rf200型自动过柱仪,Agela 4g、12g、20g、40g、80g、120g一次性硅胶柱。Use ISCO Combiflash-Rf75 or Rf200 automatic column passing instrument, Agela 4g, 12g, 20g, 40g, 80g, 120g disposable silica gel column.
比旋度采用鲁道夫Autopol Ⅵ旋光仪测试,检测温度20℃。The specific rotation was measured by a Rudolf Autopol VI polarimeter at a detection temperature of 20 °C.
单晶结构采用D8 Venture X射线单晶衍射仪测试。光源:Cu靶,X射线:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000058
探测器:CMOS面探测器,分辨率
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000059
电流电压:50kV,1.2mA,曝光时间10s,面探测器至样品距离40mm,测试温度150(2)K。
The single crystal structure was tested using a D8 Venture X-ray single crystal diffractometer. Light source: Cu target, X-ray:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000058
Detector: CMOS area detector, resolution
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000059
Current and voltage: 50kV, 1.2mA, exposure time 10s, distance from surface detector to sample 40mm, test temperature 150(2)K.
已知的起始原料可以采用或按照本领域已知的方法来合成,或可以购自ABCR GmbH&Co.KG,Acros Organics,Aldrich Chemical Company,韶远化学科技(Accela ChemBio Inc)和达瑞化学品等公司。Known starting materials can be synthesized using or according to methods known in the art, or can be purchased from ABCR GmbH & Co. KG, Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Shaoyuan Chemical Technology (Accela ChemBio Inc) and Darui Chemicals, etc. company.
若无特殊说明,实施例中的反应均在氮气氛或氩气氛下进行。Unless otherwise specified, the reactions in the examples are all carried out under nitrogen atmosphere or argon atmosphere.
如本文所用,DMB为2,4-二甲氧基苄基,THF为四氢呋喃,EA为乙酸乙酯,PE为石油醚,Ac 2O为乙酸酐,NBS为N-溴代琥珀酰亚胺,DCM为二氯甲烷,AIBN为偶氮二异丁腈,Pd(dppf)Cl 2为1,1'-双(二苯基磷)二茂铁]二氯化钯,TFA为三氟乙酸,TBSCl为叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷,NCS为N-氯代丁二酰亚胺,DHP为二氢四氢吡喃,LiAlH 4为氢化铝锂,PMB为对甲氧基苄基,LiHMDS为二(三甲基硅基)氨基锂,Pd 2(dba) 3为三(二亚苄基丙酮)二钯,RuPhos为2-二环己基磷-2',6'-二异丙氧基-1,1'-联苯,DMAP为4-二甲氨基吡啶,THP为四氢四氢吡喃,n-BuLi为正丁基锂,TMsOTf为三氟甲磺酸三甲基硅酯,TEBAC为三乙基苄基氯化铵,HATU为2-(7-偶氮苯并三氮唑)-N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲六氟磷酸酯,DMF为二甲基甲酰胺,DMSO为二甲基亚砜,DIEA为N,N-二异丙基乙胺,BINAP为(2R,3S)-2,2'-双二苯膦基-1,1'-联萘,LDA为二异丙基氨基锂;MsCl为甲基磺酰氯;r.t.为室温;TEA为三乙胺;DBU为1,8-二氮杂二环十一碳-7-烯;CDI为羰基二咪唑;MeOH为甲醇;EtOH为乙醇;IPA为异丙醇;ACN为乙腈;MEK为丁酮;MIBK为甲基异丁酮;MTBE为甲基叔丁基醚;T 3P为丙基磷酸酐;EDCI为1-乙基-3-(3-二甲胺丙基)碳二亚胺盐酸盐;HOBt为1-羟基苯并三唑,Ph为苯基,保险粉为连二亚硫酸钠。 As used herein, DMB is 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, THF is tetrahydrofuran, EA is ethyl acetate, PE is petroleum ether, Ac2O is acetic anhydride, NBS is N-bromosuccinimide, DCM is dichloromethane, AIBN is azobisisobutyronitrile, Pd(dppf)Cl is 1,1' - bis(diphenylphosphonium)ferrocene]palladium dichloride, TFA is trifluoroacetic acid, TBSCl is tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, NCS is N - chlorosuccinimide, DHP is dihydrotetrahydropyran, LiAlH is lithium aluminum hydride, PMB is p-methoxybenzyl, and LiHMDS is two (trimethylsilyl) lithium amide, Pd 2 (dba) 3 is tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium, RuPhos is 2-dicyclohexylphosphorus-2',6'-diisopropoxy-1 ,1'-biphenyl, DMAP is 4-dimethylaminopyridine, THP is tetrahydrotetrahydropyran, n-BuLi is n-butyl lithium, TMsOTf is trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, TEBAC is trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Ethylbenzylammonium chloride, HATU is 2-(7-azobenzotriazole)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate, DMF is dimethylformamide , DMSO is dimethyl sulfoxide, DIEA is N,N-diisopropylethylamine, BINAP is (2R,3S)-2,2'-bis-diphenylphosphino-1,1'-binaphthalene, LDA is lithium diisopropylamide; MsCl is methylsulfonyl chloride; rt is room temperature; TEA is triethylamine; DBU is 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene; CDI is carbonyldiimidazole; MeOH is methanol; EtOH is ethanol; IPA is isopropanol; ACN is acetonitrile; MEK is butanone; MIBK is methyl isobutyl ketone; MTBE is methyl tert-butyl ether; T 3 P is propyl phosphoric anhydride; EDCI It is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride; HOBt is 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, Ph is phenyl, and sodium hydrosulfite is sodium hydrosulfite.
如本文所用,室温是指约为20-25℃。As used herein, room temperature refers to about 20-25°C.
实施例1:化合物1的制备Example 1: Preparation of Compound 1
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000060
步骤1:将200g的1,3-丙酮二羧酸,280mL乙酸和200mL甲苯的混合物降温至5-10℃,缓慢滴加220mL乙酸酐,滴加完毕后继续搅拌4~10h;抽滤,将滤饼在40~50℃下减压干燥6小时,得到224g化合物1-a,为白色固体,收率87%。MS m/z(ESI):129[M+H] +Step 1: Cool the mixture of 200 g of 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid, 280 mL of acetic acid and 200 mL of toluene to 5-10 °C, slowly add 220 mL of acetic anhydride dropwise, and continue stirring for 4 to 10 h after the dropwise addition; The filter cake was dried under reduced pressure at 40-50° C. for 6 hours to obtain 224 g of compound 1-a as a white solid with a yield of 87%. MS m/z (ESI): 129 [M+H] + .
步骤2:将107g化合物1-a加入反应瓶中,0~15℃下滴入215mL异丙醇,控制内温5~20℃,搅拌至溶解,加300mL冰水,0~10℃保存,无需纯化直接用于下一步反应。Step 2: Add 107 g of compound 1-a into the reaction flask, drop 215 mL of isopropanol at 0-15 °C, control the internal temperature to 5-20 °C, stir until dissolved, add 300 mL of ice water, store at 0-10 °C, no need Purification was used directly in the next reaction.
实施例2:化合物2的制备Example 2: Preparation of Compound 2
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000061
将25g化合物1-a加入反应瓶中,0~15℃下滴加50mL乙醇,滴完后升至室温继续搅拌3小时,加入70mL水备用。0~10℃保存,无需纯化直接用于下一步反应。25 g of compound 1-a was added to the reaction flask, 50 mL of ethanol was added dropwise at 0 to 15° C., and after the dropping was completed, the mixture was raised to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours, and 70 mL of water was added for later use. Store at 0-10°C and use it in the next step without purification.
实施例3:化合物4-1的制备Example 3: Preparation of compound 4-1
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000062
步骤1.1:将33.2mL浓盐酸和177.3mL水加入反应瓶①中,再加入86.3g化合物b,升温至50~55℃,搅拌3小时后降至25℃左右,加入430mL水备用。Step 1.1: Add 33.2 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 177.3 mL of water into the reaction flask ①, then add 86.3 g of compound b, heat up to 50-55 °C, stir for 3 hours and then drop to about 25 °C, add 430 mL of water for later use.
步骤1.2:将140mL浓盐酸和740mL水加入反应瓶②中,降温至5~15℃,搅拌下滴加79.1g化合物3后备用。Step 1.2: Add 140 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 740 mL of water into the reaction flask ②, cool the temperature to 5-15° C., and add 79.1 g of compound 3 dropwise with stirring for later use.
步骤1.3:将步骤1.1制得的反应瓶①的溶液缓慢滴加到步骤1.2制得的反应瓶②的溶液中,搅拌0.5小时后将实施例1制备保存的溶液加到反应瓶②中,再加入250mL含有53.5g醋酸钠的水溶液,再滴加40%氢氧化钠溶液调pH值至3-4左右,保持内温5~15℃,搅拌12小时。滴加20%氢氧化钠溶液至pH值至12左右,加1L乙酸乙酯萃取,分液,加入无水硫酸钠干燥乙酸乙酯层,过滤,浓缩滤液,得到红色油状物203.5g(包含化合物4-1和4-2的混合物,HPLC(柱:XBridge C18 4.6*250mm,ID 5μm column;流动相:A:水[0.1%三氟乙酸]B:乙腈[0.1%三氟乙酸];梯度:19.5min内5%-95%B;流速:1.2ml/min;检测波长220nm,柱温:30℃)显示其中化合物4-1(保留时间8.587min)与4-2(保留时间8.510min)的摩尔比为1.74:1),收率98.8%,直接用于下一步。Step 1.3: Slowly drop the solution of the reaction flask ① prepared in step 1.1 into the solution of the reaction flask ② prepared in step 1.2, stir for 0.5 hours, add the solution prepared in Example 1 to the reaction flask ②, and then add the solution to the reaction flask ②. 250 mL of an aqueous solution containing 53.5 g of sodium acetate was added, and then 40% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise to adjust the pH to about 3-4, and the internal temperature was maintained at 5 to 15° C. and stirred for 12 hours. Add 20% sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until the pH value is about 12, add 1 L of ethyl acetate for extraction, separate the layers, add anhydrous sodium sulfate to dry the ethyl acetate layer, filter, and concentrate the filtrate to obtain 203.5 g of red oil (containing compound Mixture of 4-1 and 4-2, HPLC (column: XBridge C18 4.6*250 mm, ID 5 μm column; mobile phase: A: water [0.1% trifluoroacetic acid] B: acetonitrile [0.1% trifluoroacetic acid]; gradient: 5%-95%B within 19.5min; flow rate: 1.2ml/min; detection wavelength 220nm, column temperature: 30°C) shows that compounds 4-1 (retention time 8.587min) and 4-2 (retention time 8.510min) have The molar ratio was 1.74:1), and the yield was 98.8%, which was directly used in the next step.
步骤2:将203.5g所得混合物和500mL乙酸乙酯加入到反应瓶中,在0~5℃下缓慢滴加330mL HCl/乙酸乙酯(浓度2.0mol/L);滴加完毕后在0~5℃继续搅拌3~4小时,过滤,用EA洗涤滤饼,滤饼在50℃真空干燥,得到79.5g化合物4-1的盐酸盐,为淡黄色固体,纯度97.5%。MS m/z(ESI):316.1[M+H] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)=11.63(br s,1H),7.98(d,J=6.4,1H),7.76(d,J=6.5,1H),7.48(m,3H),4.86(m,1H),4.56(m,1H),4.24(m,1H),3.70(m,1H),3.38(m,1H),2.57(m,1H),2.19~1.91(m,5H),1.74(d,J=6.6,3H),1.30(dd,J=1.4,6.2,3H),1.06(d,J=6.2,3H)。 Step 2: Add 203.5 g of the obtained mixture and 500 mL of ethyl acetate into the reaction flask, and slowly add 330 mL of HCl/ethyl acetate (concentration 2.0 mol/L) dropwise at 0 to 5 °C; ℃ continue to stir for 3-4 hours, filter, wash the filter cake with EA, and vacuum dry the filter cake at 50 ℃ to obtain 79.5 g of the hydrochloride salt of compound 4-1 as a pale yellow solid with a purity of 97.5%. MS m/z (ESI): 316.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) = 11.63 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=6.4, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=6.5, 1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 4.86 ( m,1H),4.56(m,1H),4.24(m,1H),3.70(m,1H),3.38(m,1H),2.57(m,1H),2.19~1.91(m,5H),1.74 (d, J=6.6, 3H), 1.30 (dd, J=1.4, 6.2, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=6.2, 3H).
步骤3:将60.0g化合物4-1的盐酸盐和300mL乙酸乙酯混合搅拌,在0~10℃下,滴加20%氢氧化钠溶液至pH值为碱性,搅拌0.5小时,静置分层,水相用乙酸乙酯萃取300mL×2,合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤饼用乙酸乙酯洗涤,浓缩滤液得到52g化合物4-1,为红色油状物,收率96.6%,纯度97.3%。Step 3: Mix and stir 60.0 g of the hydrochloride of compound 4-1 and 300 mL of ethyl acetate, add dropwise 20% sodium hydroxide solution at 0 to 10 ° C until the pH value is alkaline, stir for 0.5 hours, and let stand The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate 300 mL×2, the organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain 52 g of compound 4-1, which was a red oil, yield 96.6%, purity 97.3%.
比较例1Comparative Example 1
在不同的反应温度和反应液pH值下,所得混合物中化合物4-1和化合物4-2的摩尔比值如下表2和3所示:Under different reaction temperatures and pH values of the reaction solution, the molar ratios of compound 4-1 and compound 4-2 in the obtained mixture are shown in Tables 2 and 3 below:
表2 在反应液pH值为3.4时,反应温度对产物异构体含量的影响Table 2 When the pH value of the reaction solution is 3.4, the effect of reaction temperature on the content of product isomers
化合物compound 反应温度5℃Reaction temperature 5℃ 反应温度20℃Reaction temperature 20℃ 反应温度45℃Reaction temperature 45℃
4-14-1 40.04%40.04% 39.58%39.58% 33.15%33.15%
4-24-2 29.27%29.27% 25.54%25.54% 21.51%21.51%
表3 在反应温度5~15℃时,反应液pH值对产物异构体含量的影响Table 3 Influence of pH value of reaction solution on product isomer content at reaction temperature of 5 to 15 °C
化合物compound pH=1.1pH=1.1 pH=2.89pH=2.89 pH=3.42pH=3.42 pH=4.01pH=4.01 pH=5.2pH=5.2
4-14-1 38.59%38.59% 44.75%44.75% 43.81%43.81% 44.68%44.68% 24.44%24.44%
4-24-2 19.53%19.53% 27.22%27.22% 29.27%29.27% 34.1%34.1% 22.37%22.37%
由表2和3可以看出,实施例3步骤1.3中的反应温度和反应液pH值对该反应所得混合物中化合物4-1和化合物4-2的摩尔比值具有较大影响。反应温度在45℃左右,目标产物4-1含量明显降低,而反应温度5℃和20℃时的目标产物4-1含量较高。反应液pH值为2.89、3.42和4.01时,目标产物4-1含量较高,当反应液pH值5.2时,产物总体含量明显减少,目标产物4-1含量也明显降低,反应液中杂质含量明显增多;反应液pH值在1.1时,产物总体含量和目标产物4-1含量有降低。It can be seen from Tables 2 and 3 that the reaction temperature and pH value of the reaction solution in step 1.3 of Example 3 have a great influence on the molar ratio of compound 4-1 and compound 4-2 in the mixture obtained by the reaction. When the reaction temperature is about 45°C, the content of the target product 4-1 is significantly reduced, while the content of the target product 4-1 is higher when the reaction temperature is 5°C and 20°C. When the pH value of the reaction solution is 2.89, 3.42 and 4.01, the content of the target product 4-1 is relatively high. When the pH value of the reaction solution is 5.2, the overall content of the product is significantly reduced, and the content of the target product 4-1 is also significantly reduced. The content of impurities in the reaction solution Significantly increased; when the pH value of the reaction solution was 1.1, the overall product content and the target product 4-1 content decreased.
实施例4:Example 4:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000063
步骤1.1:将7.5mL浓盐酸和40mL水加入反应瓶③中,再加入20.2g化合物b,升温至50~55℃,搅拌3小时后降至25℃左右,加入100mL水备用。Step 1.1: Add 7.5 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 40 mL of water into the reaction flask ③, then add 20.2 g of compound b, heat up to 50-55 °C, stir for 3 hours and then drop to about 25 °C, add 100 mL of water for later use.
步骤1.2:将32mL浓盐酸和168mL水加入反应瓶④中,降温至5~15℃,搅拌下滴加18.5g化合物3后备用。Step 1.2: 32 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 168 mL of water were added to the reaction flask ④, cooled to 5-15° C., and 18.5 g of compound 3 was added dropwise with stirring for later use.
步骤1.3:将步骤1.1制得的反应瓶③的溶液缓慢滴加到步骤1.2制得的反应瓶④的溶液中,搅拌0.5小时后将实施例2制备保存的溶液加到反应瓶④中,再加入65mL含有12.5g醋酸钠的水溶液,再滴加40%氢氧化钠溶液调pH值至3-4左右,室温搅拌过夜。滴加20%氢氧化钠溶液至pH值至12左右,加200mL乙酸乙酯萃取,分液,加入无水硫酸钠干燥乙酸乙酯层,过滤,浓缩滤液,得到红色油状物45.2g(包含化合物4-3和4-4的混合物,HPLC(柱:XBridge C18 4.6*250mm,ID 5μm column;流动相:A:水[0.1%三氟乙酸]B:乙腈[0.1%三氟乙酸];梯度:19.5min内5%-95%B;流速:1.2ml/min;柱温:30℃;检测波长220nm)显示其中化合物4-3(保留时间8.057min)与4-4(保留时间7.987min)的摩尔比为1.65:1),收率98.3%。MS m/z(ESI):302.1[M+H] +Step 1.3: Slowly drop the solution of the reaction flask ③ prepared in step 1.1 into the solution of the reaction flask ④ prepared in step 1.2, stir for 0.5 hours, add the solution prepared in Example 2 to the reaction flask ④, and then add the solution to the reaction flask ④. 65 mL of an aqueous solution containing 12.5 g of sodium acetate was added, and then 40% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise to adjust the pH to about 3-4, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Add 20% sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until the pH value is about 12, add 200 mL of ethyl acetate to extract, separate the layers, add anhydrous sodium sulfate to dry the ethyl acetate layer, filter, and concentrate the filtrate to obtain 45.2 g of red oil (containing compound Mixture of 4-3 and 4-4, HPLC (column: XBridge C18 4.6*250mm, ID 5μm column; mobile phase: A: water [0.1% trifluoroacetic acid] B: acetonitrile [0.1% trifluoroacetic acid]; gradient: 5%-95%B within 19.5min; flow rate: 1.2ml/min; column temperature: 30°C; detection wavelength 220nm) shows that the compound 4-3 (retention time 8.057min) and 4-4 (retention time 7.987min) have The molar ratio was 1.65:1), and the yield was 98.3%. MS m/z (ESI): 302.1 [M+H] + .
比较例2Comparative Example 2
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000064
步骤1.1:将20mL浓盐酸和100mL水加入反应瓶⑤中,再加入50g化合物b,升温至50~55℃,搅拌3小时后降至25℃左右,加入250mL水备用。Step 1.1: Add 20 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of water into the reaction flask ⑤, then add 50 g of compound b, heat up to 50-55 °C, stir for 3 hours and then drop to about 25 °C, add 250 mL of water for later use.
步骤1.2:将80mL浓盐酸和420mL水加入反应瓶⑥中,降温至5~15℃,搅拌下滴加45.8g化合物3后备用。Step 1.2: Add 80 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 420 mL of water into the reaction flask ⑥, cool down to 5-15 °C, and add 45.8 g of compound 3 dropwise with stirring for later use.
步骤1.3:将步骤1.1制得的反应瓶⑤的溶液缓慢滴加到步骤1.2制得的反应瓶⑥的溶液中,搅拌0.5小时后将250mL含有70.8g的1,3-丙酮二羧酸的水溶液加到反应瓶⑥中,再加入150mL含有31g醋酸钠的水溶液,再滴加40%氢氧化钠溶液调pH值至3-4左右,室温搅拌过夜。滴加20%氢氧化钠溶液至pH值至12左右,加500mL乙酸乙酯萃取,分液,加入无水硫酸钠干燥乙酸乙酯层,过滤,浓缩滤液,得到81.2g粗品,纯度60.1%,柱层析纯化得3.6g化合物13,为黄色固体,纯度89.3%。MS m/z(ESI):230.2[M+H] +Step 1.3: Slowly drop the solution of the reaction flask ⑤ prepared in step 1.1 into the solution of the reaction flask ⑥ prepared in step 1.2, stir for 0.5 hours, and add 250 mL of an aqueous solution containing 70.8 g of 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid. Add it to the reaction flask ⑥, then add 150 mL of an aqueous solution containing 31 g of sodium acetate, and then add dropwise 40% sodium hydroxide solution to adjust the pH to about 3-4, and stir at room temperature overnight. Add 20% sodium hydroxide solution dropwise until the pH value is about 12, add 500 mL of ethyl acetate to extract, separate the layers, add anhydrous sodium sulfate to dry the ethyl acetate layer, filter, and concentrate the filtrate to obtain 81.2 g of crude product with a purity of 60.1%. Column chromatography gave 3.6 g of compound 13 as a yellow solid with a purity of 89.3%. MS m/z (ESI): 230.2 [M+H] + .
步骤2:将20ml无水甲苯加入到100ml三口瓶中,在氮气保护下分批加入0.5g NaH,同时滴加0.8g 碳酸二乙酯,加毕,搅拌至不再有气泡放出。升温至85-95℃,滴加1.0g化合物13溶于5mL甲苯制成的溶液,控制温度为95℃左右。加毕,在该温度下继续搅拌1小时,取样检测,反应完全。将反应液降温至60℃左右,倒入60mL冰水、30mL乙酸乙酯和5mL盐酸的混合液中进行淬灭,期间不停搅拌并控制温度低于10℃。淬灭完全后静置分层,水相再用30mL乙酸乙酯萃取,合并有机相,用30mL饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,在55℃下浓缩滤液得到1.0g红色油状物(包含化合物4-3和4-4的混合物,HPLC(柱:XBridge C18 4.6*250mm,ID 5μm column;流动相:A:水[0.1%三氟乙酸]B:乙腈[0.1%三氟乙酸];梯度:19.5min内5%-95%B;流速:1.2ml/min;柱温:30℃)显示其中化合物4-3与4-4的摩尔比为0.4:1),收率75.2%。MS m/z(ESI):302.1[M+H] +Step 2: Add 20ml of anhydrous toluene into a 100ml three-necked flask, add 0.5g of NaH in batches under nitrogen protection, and dropwise add 0.8g of diethyl carbonate at the same time. After the addition, stir until no more bubbles are released. The temperature was raised to 85-95°C, and a solution prepared by dissolving 1.0 g of compound 13 in 5 mL of toluene was added dropwise, and the temperature was controlled to be about 95°C. After the addition was completed, stirring was continued for 1 hour at this temperature, and sampling was carried out for detection, and the reaction was complete. The reaction solution was cooled to about 60 °C, poured into a mixture of 60 mL of ice water, 30 mL of ethyl acetate and 5 mL of hydrochloric acid for quenching, and the temperature was kept below 10 °C with constant stirring. After the quenching was completed, it was left to stand for separation, and the aqueous phase was extracted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with 30 mL of saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated at 55 °C to obtain 1.0 g of red oil. (A mixture containing compounds 4-3 and 4-4, HPLC (column: XBridge C18 4.6*250 mm, ID 5 μm column; mobile phase: A: water [0.1% trifluoroacetic acid] B: acetonitrile [0.1% trifluoroacetic acid] ; Gradient: 5%-95% B in 19.5 min; flow rate: 1.2 ml/min; column temperature: 30° C.) showed that the molar ratio of compound 4-3 to 4-4 was 0.4:1), and the yield was 75.2%. MS m/z (ESI): 302.1 [M+H] + .
比较例3Comparative Example 3
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000065
各称取等量的含有化合物4-1和4-2的混合物分别加入到乙酸乙酯中,接着室温下分别缓慢加入HCl和D-酒石酸,室温下继续搅拌3~4小时,观察反应状态,各反应物的投料量与反应现象如下表所示:Weigh equal amounts of mixtures containing compounds 4-1 and 4-2 and add them to ethyl acetate respectively, then slowly add HCl and D-tartaric acid at room temperature, continue stirring at room temperature for 3 to 4 hours, observe the reaction state, The charging amount and reaction phenomenon of each reactant are shown in the following table:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000066
实施例5-1:化合物8的制备Example 5-1: Preparation of Compound 8
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000067
步骤1:将52g化合物4-1和250mL甲醇加入三口瓶中,在氮气保护下,-10℃边搅拌边分批加入12.5g硼氢化钠,搅拌2小时,LCMS监控反应完全。控制内温-10~0℃,分别滴加80mL水和饱和氯化铵溶液40mL淬灭反应。浓缩反应液,加入300mL乙酸乙酯萃取,合并有机层,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,用乙酸乙酯洗涤滤饼,减压浓缩得到52.2g红棕色油状物(化合物5),纯度:86.6%,收率100%。MS m/z(ESI):318.2[M+H] +Step 1: Add 52 g of compound 4-1 and 250 mL of methanol into a three-necked flask, under nitrogen protection, add 12.5 g of sodium borohydride in batches while stirring at -10°C, stir for 2 hours, and LCMS monitors the completion of the reaction. The internal temperature was controlled at -10 to 0°C, and 80 mL of water and 40 mL of saturated ammonium chloride solution were added dropwise to quench the reaction. The reaction solution was concentrated, 300 mL of ethyl acetate was added for extraction, the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 52.2 g of a reddish-brown oil (compound 5), purity: 86.6% , the yield is 100%. MS m/z (ESI): 318.2 [M+H] + .
步骤2:将47.3g化合物5和250mL甲苯加入反应瓶中搅拌,在0~10℃下加入叔丁醇钠18.6g,缓慢滴加120mL溶有34.1g对甲苯磺酰氯的甲苯溶液,滴加完毕,在0~10℃下搅拌1小时,补加20.0g叔丁醇钠,搅拌过夜,LCMS监控反应完全。滴加300mL水淬灭反应,搅拌30分钟,静置分层,有机层用150mL饱和氯化钠溶液和2mol/L盐酸300mL洗涤,合并水相,滴加20%氢氧化钠溶液至pH值为碱性,用乙酸乙酯萃取500mL×2,合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得到红棕色油状物34.2g(化合物6),收 率76.7%,纯度89.2%。MS m/z(ESI):300.2[M+H] +Step 2: Add 47.3 g of compound 5 and 250 mL of toluene into the reaction flask and stir, add 18.6 g of sodium tert-butoxide at 0 to 10 °C, and slowly dropwise add 120 mL of a toluene solution containing 34.1 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and the dropwise addition is completed. , stirred for 1 hour at 0-10° C., added 20.0 g of sodium tert-butoxide, stirred overnight, and monitored the reaction by LCMS. 300 mL of water was added dropwise to quench the reaction, stirred for 30 minutes, left to stand for stratification, the organic layer was washed with 150 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution and 300 mL of 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid, the aqueous phases were combined, and 20% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise to pH value. Alkaline, extracted with ethyl acetate 500 mL×2, combined organic phases, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 34.2 g of reddish-brown oil (compound 6) with a yield of 76.7% and a purity of 89.2%. MS m/z (ESI): 300.2 [M+H] + .
步骤3:将21.4g化合物6溶于160mL甲醇,在0~10℃下,分批加入15.4g镁屑,继续搅拌至反应完全。加90ml醋酸和45mL水淬灭。减压浓缩除去甲醇,向残余物加入215mL乙酸乙酯,滴加20%碳酸钾溶液至pH值6~7,。静置分层,有机层用150mL饱和氯化钠溶液洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,减压浓缩得到红色油状物18.1g(化合物7)。收率84.2%,纯度82.5%。MS m/z(ESI):302.2[M+H] +Step 3: Dissolve 21.4 g of compound 6 in 160 mL of methanol, add 15.4 g of magnesium chips in batches at 0 to 10° C., and continue stirring until the reaction is complete. Quench with 90 mL of acetic acid and 45 mL of water. Concentrate under reduced pressure to remove methanol, add 215 mL of ethyl acetate to the residue, and dropwise add 20% potassium carbonate solution to pH 6-7. The layers were left to stand, the organic layer was washed with 150 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 18.1 g of a red oil (compound 7). The yield was 84.2%, and the purity was 82.5%. MS m/z (ESI): 302.2 [M+H] + .
步骤4:氮气保护下,将18.1g化合物7(1.0eq)和180mL甲苯加入反应瓶中,在0~5℃下滴加52g含70%红铝(3.0eq)的甲苯溶液,反应液在室温下搅拌18小时。在0~10℃下滴加20%氢氧化钠溶液调节pH值大于12。过滤,滤液静置分层,水相用100mL乙酸乙酯萃取,合并有机层,用100mL饱和氯化钠溶液洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,减压浓缩得到红色油状物15.8g(化合物8),收率98.5%,MS m/z(ESI):246.2[M+H] +。直接用于下一步反应。 Step 4: Under nitrogen protection, 18.1g of compound 7 (1.0eq) and 180mL of toluene were added to the reaction flask, and 52g of toluene solution containing 70% red aluminum (3.0eq) was added dropwise at 0 to 5°C, and the reaction solution was at room temperature. under stirring for 18 hours. 20% sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise at 0 to 10° C. to adjust the pH value to be greater than 12. Filtration, the filtrate was left to stand for layers, the aqueous phase was extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate, the organic layers were combined, washed with 100 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 15.8 g of a red oil (compound 8). ), yield 98.5%, MS m/z (ESI): 246.2 [M+H] + . used directly in the next reaction.
实施例5-2:化合物11的制备Example 5-2: Preparation of Compound 11
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000068
步骤1:氮气保护下,将14.7g化合物8和300mL甲苯加入反应瓶中搅拌,在0~10℃下加入11.0g的2,5-二氟吡啶(化合物9)和23.1g叔丁醇钠,室温搅拌至反应完全。向反应液中滴加88mL水,静置分液,水层用乙酸乙酯萃取2×60mL,合并有机层,过滤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,减压浓缩,得到18.3g红色油状物(化合物10),HPLC(柱:XBridge C18 4.6*250mm,ID 5μm column;流动相:A:水[10mmol/L NH 4HCO 3]B:乙腈;梯度:21min内50%-90%-90%-50%-50%B;流速:1.0ml/min;检测波长210nm,柱温:30℃)显示化合物10-1(保留时间13.628min)与化合物10-2(保留时间10.188min)的摩尔比为82.3:6.9,化合物10的收率89.7%,纯度80.8%。 Step 1: Under nitrogen protection, add 14.7 g of compound 8 and 300 mL of toluene into the reaction flask and stir, and add 11.0 g of 2,5-difluoropyridine (compound 9) and 23.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide at 0-10 °C, Stir at room temperature until the reaction is complete. 88 mL of water was added dropwise to the reaction solution, left to stand for separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate 2×60 mL, the organic layers were combined, filtered, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 18.3 g of red oil ( Compound 10), HPLC (column: XBridge C18 4.6*250 mm, ID 5 μm column; mobile phase: A: water [10 mmol/L NH 4 HCO 3 ] B: acetonitrile; gradient: 50%-90%-90% in 21 min- 50%-50%B; flow rate: 1.0ml/min; detection wavelength 210nm, column temperature: 30℃) shows that the molar ratio of compound 10-1 (retention time 13.628min) to compound 10-2 (retention time 10.188min) is 82.3:6.9, yield of compound 10 89.7%, purity 80.8%.
步骤2:将18.3g化合物10和180mL乙酸乙酯加入到500mL三口瓶中搅拌,冰浴下滴加2mol/L HCl/乙酸乙酯40mL,有大量固体析出,冰水浴下继续搅拌3~4小时,抽滤,固体50℃真空干燥。得到19.0g化合物10-1盐酸盐,收率93.8%,纯度82.9%。向所得19.0g化合物10-1盐酸盐中加入异丙醇380mL,加热至80℃搅拌3小时,室温搅拌过夜,过滤,滤饼减压干燥得到白色固体13.4g,收率70.5%,纯度96.3%,ee值99.8%。MS m/z(ESI):341.2[M+H] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)=9.36(s,1H),8.09(d,J=2.8,1H),7.73(d,J=3.3,2H),7.66(m,1H),7.40(m,1H),7.33(m,2H),6.33(dd,J=3.6,9.2,1H),4.70(m,1H),4.37(m,2H),4.27(m,1H),2.57(m,1H),2.14(m,7H),1.73(d,J=6.6,3H),1.64(m,1H),1.37(m,1H). Step 2: Add 18.3 g of compound 10 and 180 mL of ethyl acetate into a 500 mL three-necked flask and stir, add dropwise 2mol/L HCl/40 mL of ethyl acetate under an ice bath, a large amount of solids are precipitated, and continue to stir under an ice water bath for 3 to 4 hours , filtered with suction, and the solid was dried under vacuum at 50°C. 19.0 g of compound 10-1 hydrochloride was obtained with a yield of 93.8% and a purity of 82.9%. To the obtained 19.0 g of compound 10-1 hydrochloride, 380 mL of isopropanol was added, heated to 80°C and stirred for 3 hours, and stirred at room temperature overnight, filtered, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure to obtain 13.4 g of white solid with a yield of 70.5% and a purity of 96.3 %, ee value 99.8%. MS m/z (ESI): 341.2 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6)=9.36(s,1H), 8.09(d,J=2.8,1H), 7.73(d,J=3.3,2H), 7.66(m,1H), 7.40(m ,1H),7.33(m,2H),6.33(dd,J=3.6,9.2,1H),4.70(m,1H),4.37(m,2H),4.27(m,1H),2.57(m,1H) ), 2.14(m, 7H), 1.73(d, J=6.6, 3H), 1.64(m, 1H), 1.37(m, 1H).
手性检测方法如下:The chirality detection method is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000070
步骤3:250mL三口瓶中加入5.0g化合物10-1盐酸盐,100mL甲醇,0.5g钯炭,室温搅拌,加入4.2g甲酸铵,搅拌过夜。抽滤,加入50mL水,旋蒸除去大部分甲醇,滴加NaOH溶液(2M)至pH为碱性,用乙酸乙酯萃取(100mL,50 x 2),有机相用饱和NaCl溶液(50mL)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,旋蒸得到3.13g化合物11,为无色透明液体,收率:100%,纯度:95.1%。Step 3: Add 5.0 g of compound 10-1 hydrochloride, 100 mL of methanol, and 0.5 g of palladium carbon into a 250 mL three-necked flask, stir at room temperature, add 4.2 g of ammonium formate, and stir overnight. Suction filtration, adding 50 mL of water, rotary evaporation to remove most of the methanol, dropwise addition of NaOH solution (2M) until the pH is basic, extraction with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 50 x 2), and the organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution (50 mL). , dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and rotary-evaporated to obtain 3.13 g of compound 11, which is a colorless transparent liquid, yield: 100%, purity: 95.1%.
将3.13g化合物11和23ml乙酸乙酯加入到100ml三口瓶中,50℃搅拌下滴加D-酒石酸水溶液(2.1g D-酒石酸溶解在3g水中),降温至5-15℃搅拌过夜,有白色固体析出,抽滤,滤饼用水洗涤2.5mL x 2,40-50℃真空干燥,得4.5g白色固体,再向固体中加入25g水,冰水浴下,用10%氢氧化钠溶液调至pH>9,用乙酸乙酯萃取,饱和盐水洗涤,浓缩,得2.4g淡黄色油状的化合物11,收率:77.7%,纯度98.6%,ee值99.8%。化合物11的绝对构型可通过化合物12的单晶X射线结构分析推断。MS m/z(ESI):237.2[M+H] +3.13g of compound 11 and 23ml of ethyl acetate were added to a 100ml there-necked flask, and an aqueous solution of D-tartaric acid (2.1g of D-tartaric acid was dissolved in 3g of water) was added dropwise under stirring at 50°C, cooled to 5-15°C and stirred overnight. The solid was precipitated, filtered with suction, the filter cake was washed with water 2.5mL x 2, and dried in vacuo at 40-50°C to obtain 4.5g of white solid, then 25g of water was added to the solid, and the pH was adjusted to 10% sodium hydroxide solution in an ice-water bath. >9, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, and concentrated to obtain 2.4 g of compound 11 as light yellow oil, yield: 77.7%, purity 98.6%, ee value 99.8%. The absolute configuration of compound 11 can be deduced by single crystal X-ray structural analysis of compound 12. MS m/z (ESI): 237.2 [M+H] + .
实施例5-3:化合物7的制备Example 5-3: Preparation of Compound 7
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000071
将21.4g化合物6溶于160mL甲醇,在5~25℃下,分批加入15.4g镁屑,继续搅拌至反应完全。加90ml醋酸和45mL水淬灭。减压浓缩除去甲醇,向残余物加入215mL乙酸乙酯,滴加20%碳酸钾溶液至pH值6~7,。静置分层,有机层用150mL饱和氯化钠溶液洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,减压浓缩得到红色油状物19.8g(化合物7)。HPLC(柱:XBridge C18 4.6*250mm,ID 5μm column;流动相:A:水[10mmol/L NH 4HCO 3]B:乙腈;梯度:21min内50%-90%-90%-50%-50%B;流速:1.0ml/min;柱温:30℃;检测波长254nm)显示化合物7-1(保留时间11.072min)与化合物7-2(保留时间10.354min)的摩尔比为81:7,化合物7的收率91.9%,纯度83%。MS m/z(ESI):302.2[M+H] +21.4 g of compound 6 was dissolved in 160 mL of methanol, 15.4 g of magnesium turnings were added in batches at 5-25° C., and the stirring was continued until the reaction was complete. Quench with 90 mL of acetic acid and 45 mL of water. Concentrate under reduced pressure to remove methanol, add 215 mL of ethyl acetate to the residue, and dropwise add 20% potassium carbonate solution to pH 6-7. The layers were left to stand, the organic layer was washed with 150 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 19.8 g of a red oil (compound 7). HPLC (column: XBridge C18 4.6*250 mm, ID 5 μm column; mobile phase: A: water [10 mmol/L NH 4 HCO 3 ] B: acetonitrile; gradient: 50%-90%-90%-50%-50 in 21 min %B; flow rate: 1.0ml/min; column temperature: 30°C; detection wavelength 254nm) shows that the molar ratio of compound 7-1 (retention time 11.072min) to compound 7-2 (retention time 10.354min) is 81:7, The yield of compound 7 was 91.9% and the purity was 83%. MS m/z (ESI): 302.2 [M+H] + .
实施例5-4:化合物7的制备Example 5-4: Preparation of Compound 7
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000072
向250ml三口瓶中加入3g化合物6,30ml四氢呋喃,1g NaBH 4和0.3g LiCl,反应液室温搅拌过夜,LCMS显示反应未完全,补加1.9g NaBH 4,1g LiCl和5ml甲醇后继续室温搅拌72小时后反应完全。向反应液中加水100ml,有大量气泡放出,反应液用50ml乙酸乙酯萃取三次后合并萃取液,无水硫酸钠干燥,旋干溶剂得油状物2.8g(化合物7)。HPLC(柱:ACQUITY UPLC CSH C18,2.1*50mm,ID 1.7μm;流动相:A:水[0.01%三氟乙酸]B:乙腈[0.01%三氟乙酸];梯度:15min内5%-95%B;流速:0.8ml/min;柱温:50℃;检测波长254nm)显示化合物7-1(保留时间0.96min)与化合物7-2(保留时间0.93min)的摩尔比为94.5:5.5,化合物7的收率93%,纯度87%。MS m/z(ESI):302.2[M+H] +To a 250ml there-necked flask, add 3g of compound 6, 30ml of tetrahydrofuran, 1g of NaBH 4 and 0.3g of LiCl, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight, LCMS showed that the reaction was incomplete, and 1.9g of NaBH 4 , 1g of LiCl and 5ml of methanol were added and then continued to stir at room temperature for 72 The reaction was complete after hours. 100 ml of water was added to the reaction solution, a large amount of air bubbles were released, the reaction solution was extracted three times with 50 ml of ethyl acetate, the extracts were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was spin-dried to obtain 2.8 g of an oil (compound 7). HPLC (column: ACQUITY UPLC CSH C18, 2.1*50 mm, ID 1.7 μm; mobile phase: A: water [0.01% trifluoroacetic acid] B: acetonitrile [0.01% trifluoroacetic acid]; gradient: 5%-95% in 15 min B; flow rate: 0.8ml/min; column temperature: 50°C; detection wavelength 254nm) shows that the molar ratio of compound 7-1 (retention time 0.96min) to compound 7-2 (retention time 0.93min) is 94.5:5.5, the compound The yield of 7 was 93% and the purity was 87%. MS m/z (ESI): 302.2 [M+H] + .
实施例6:化合物12的制备Example 6: Preparation of Compound 12
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-000073
向反应瓶中加入2.4g化合物11,2.6g 5-甲基-2-(嘧啶-2-基)苯甲酸和27g乙酸乙酯,低于25℃搅拌,滴加7.0g T 3P溶液,加毕,继续搅拌0.5h。升温至50-60℃,搅拌反应2h,取样检测反应完毕。冷却至10℃~30℃,缓慢加入30.0g水,加毕,搅拌16h,静置分层,水层用27g乙酸乙酯萃取一次,合并有机层,向有机层加入30.0g水,用4%NaOH溶液调至pH9-10,静置分层,有机层用30g水洗涤一次,减压浓缩,加入15.0g乙酸乙酯搅拌16h,抽滤,滤饼用乙酸乙酯洗涤2.0g x 2,旋蒸干燥1h,得3.0g粗品化合物12,为土黄色固体,收率68.2%,纯度98.7%。 2.4g of compound 11, 2.6g of 5-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)benzoic acid and 27g of ethyl acetate were added to the reaction flask, stirred at a temperature below 25°C, 7.0g of T 3 P solution was added dropwise, and After completion, continue stirring for 0.5h. The temperature was raised to 50-60°C, and the reaction was stirred for 2 h, and the reaction was completed by sampling and testing. Cool to 10℃~30℃, slowly add 30.0g water, after the addition, stir for 16h, let stand for layers, extract the aqueous layer once with 27g ethyl acetate, combine the organic layers, add 30.0g water to the organic layer, use 4% The NaOH solution was adjusted to pH 9-10, the layers were left to stand, the organic layer was washed once with 30 g of water, concentrated under reduced pressure, added 15.0 g of ethyl acetate, stirred for 16 h, filtered with suction, and the filter cake was washed with 2.0 g x 2 of ethyl acetate, and rotary evaporated. After drying for 1 h, 3.0 g of crude compound 12 was obtained as a khaki solid with a yield of 68.2% and a purity of 98.7%.
于50mL三口瓶中,加入化合物12粗品3.0g、乙酸乙酯7.8g、异丙醇0.234g,搅拌升温至65-80℃,溶清后缓慢降温至50℃~60℃(耗时1.5h~2.0h),析出固体;继续冷却降温至40℃~50℃,保温搅拌24h;继续缓慢降温至10℃~20℃,保温搅拌24h;抽滤,滤饼用1mL*2乙酸乙酯淋洗。滤饼于40-50℃,真空旋蒸干燥1h,得淡黄色固体产物2.17g,收率:70.0%,纯度:99.4%。[α] 589 20=-48.0°(c=1,甲醇)。MS m/z(ESI):433.2[M+H] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)=8.83(br.s.,2H),8.17-8.01(m,2H),7.49-7.33(m,3H),6.86(dd,J=3.5,9.0Hz,1H),6.86(dd,J=3.5,9.0Hz,1H),4.63(br.s.,1H),4.43(m,1H),4.11(br.s,1H),3.79(m,1H),2.52-2.48(m,2H),2.35-1.95(m,8H),1.29-1.20(m,2H)。称取纯化后的化合物12约300mg,加入2mL乙酸乙酯室温溶解,过滤除去不溶物。滤液加入约1mL甲基叔丁基醚,静置。约24h后,析出淡黄色细小晶体,其单晶结构如图1所示。 In a 50mL three-necked flask, add 3.0g of compound 12 crude product, 7.8g of ethyl acetate, and 0.234g of isopropanol, stir and heat up to 65-80°C, and slowly cool down to 50°C~60°C after dissolving (takes 1.5h~ 2.0h), a solid was precipitated; continue to cool down to 40°C to 50°C, keep stirring for 24h; continue to slowly cool to 10°C to 20°C, keep stirring for 24h; suction filtration, and the filter cake is rinsed with 1 mL*2 ethyl acetate. The filter cake was dried by vacuum rotary evaporation at 40-50° C. for 1 hour to obtain 2.17 g of light yellow solid product, yield: 70.0%, purity: 99.4%. [α] 589 20 = -48.0° (c=1, methanol). MS m/z (ESI): 433.2 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6)=8.83 (br.s., 2H), 8.17-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.33 (m, 3H), 6.86 (dd, J=3.5, 9.0Hz, 1H), 6.86(dd, J=3.5, 9.0Hz, 1H), 4.63(br.s., 1H), 4.43(m, 1H), 4.11(br.s, 1H), 3.79(m, 1H), 2.52-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.35-1.95 (m, 8H), 1.29-1.20 (m, 2H). About 300 mg of the purified compound 12 was weighed and dissolved in 2 mL of ethyl acetate at room temperature, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration. About 1 mL of methyl tert-butyl ether was added to the filtrate and allowed to stand. After about 24 hours, light yellow fine crystals were precipitated, and the single crystal structure was shown in Figure 1.
在本发明提及的所有文献都在本申请中引用作为参考,就如同每一篇文献被单独引用作为参考那样。此外应理解,在阅读了本发明的上述讲授内容之后,本领域技术人员可以对本发明作各种改动或修改,这些等价形式同样落于本申请所附权利要求书所限定的范围。All documents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in this application as if each document were individually incorporated by reference. In addition, it should be understood that after reading the above teaching content of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make various changes or modifications to the present invention, and these equivalent forms also fall within the scope defined by the appended claims of the present application.

Claims (47)

  1. 一种式(I)所示的化合物或其盐:A compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100001
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基;以及 R 1 , R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl; and
    n为0、1或2。n is 0, 1 or 2.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的化合物或其盐,其特征在于,所述盐为式(I)化合物与酸形成的盐。The compound or salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein the salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (I) and an acid.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的化合物或其盐,其特征在于,所述酸为无机酸。The compound or its salt according to claim 2, wherein the acid is an inorganic acid.
  4. 一种式(I)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:A preparation method of a compound of formula (I), comprising the steps:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100002
    (1)在惰性溶剂中,将式a、式b和式c化合物进行环化反应,从而得到包含式(I)化合物的混合物;(1) in an inert solvent, the compound of formula a, formula b and formula c is subjected to cyclization reaction, thereby obtaining a mixture comprising the compound of formula (I);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100003
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基;以及 R 1 , R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl; and
    n为0、1或2;n is 0, 1 or 2;
    (2)将所得的包含式(I)化合物的混合物加酸处理后得到式(I)化合物的盐;和(2) subjecting the resulting mixture comprising the compound of formula (I) to acid treatment to obtain a salt of the compound of formula (I); and
    (3)处理所得的式(I)化合物的盐,从而得到式(I)化合物。(3) The resulting salt of the compound of formula (I) is treated to obtain the compound of formula (I).
  5. 如权利要求4所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述式a化合物由2H-吡喃-2,4,6-(3H,5H)三酮与烷基醇R 1OH反应制得: The preparation method according to claim 4, wherein the compound of formula a is prepared by reacting 2H-pyran-2,4,6-(3H,5H)trione with an alkyl alcohol R 1 OH:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100004
    其中,R 1为C 1-3烷基。 wherein, R 1 is a C 1-3 alkyl group.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(1)中,所述反应的温度为-20℃至50℃,优 选为0℃至30℃,更优选为5℃至25℃。The preparation method according to claim 4, wherein in step (1), the temperature of the reaction is -20°C to 50°C, preferably 0°C to 30°C, more preferably 5°C to 25°C.
  7. 如权利要求4所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(1)中,所述反应在pH值为1至5的体系中进行,优选在pH值为3至4的体系中进行。The preparation method according to claim 4, characterized in that, in step (1), the reaction is carried out in a system with a pH value of 1 to 5, preferably in a system with a pH value of 3 to 4.
  8. 如权利要求4所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(1)的反应在含有pH调节剂的体系中进行。The preparation method according to claim 4, wherein the reaction of step (1) is carried out in a system containing a pH adjuster.
  9. 如权利要求4所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(2)中,所述将所得的包含式(I)化合物的混合物加酸处理包括用含有酸的溶液对所得的包含式(I)化合物的混合物进行处理。The preparation method according to claim 4, characterized in that, in step (2), adding acid to the obtained mixture containing the compound of formula (I) comprises using an acid-containing solution to treat the obtained mixture containing the compound of formula (I) with an acid. The mixture of compounds is processed.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述酸选自有机酸和无机酸,其中无机酸选自:盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、碳酸、磷酸;有机酸选自:乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸。The preparation method of claim 9, wherein the acid is selected from an organic acid and an inorganic acid, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: Acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and methanesulfonic acid.
  11. 如权利要求9所述的制备方法,其特征在于,在含有酸的溶液中,酸的浓度为0.1mol/L至10mol/L,优选0.5mol/L至5mol/L。The preparation method of claim 9, wherein in the acid-containing solution, the acid concentration is 0.1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, preferably 0.5 mol/L to 5 mol/L.
  12. 如权利要求4所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述步骤(1)包括步骤:The preparation method of claim 4, wherein the step (1) comprises the steps:
    (1a)使2H-吡喃-2,4,6-(3H,5H)三酮与C 1-3烷基醇反应,从而得到含有式a化合物的反应液1a; (1a) 2H-pyran-2,4,6-(3H,5H)trione is reacted with C 1-3 alkyl alcohol to obtain a reaction solution 1a containing the compound of formula a;
    (1b)用酸处理式b化合物和第一溶剂的混合物,得到混合物1b;(1b) treating the mixture of the compound of formula b and the first solvent with an acid to obtain the mixture 1b;
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100005
    所述第一溶剂选自:水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合; The first solvent is selected from: water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1 , 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide or a combination thereof;
    (1c)用酸处理式c化合物和第二溶剂的混合物,得到混合物1c;(1c) treating a mixture of a compound of formula c and a second solvent with an acid to obtain mixture 1c;
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100006
    所述第二溶剂选自:水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺或其组合;和 The second solvent is selected from: water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1 , 2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, or a combination thereof; and
    (1d)在pH调节剂的存在下,将反应液1a、混合物1b和混合物1c混合进行环化反应,从而得到包含式(I)化合物的混合物;(1d) in the presence of a pH adjusting agent, the reaction solution 1a, the mixture 1b and the mixture 1c are mixed to carry out a cyclization reaction, thereby obtaining a mixture comprising the compound of formula (I);
    其中,步骤(1a)、(1b)和(1c)的顺序可随意调换。Wherein, the sequence of steps (1a), (1b) and (1c) can be arbitrarily exchanged.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(1d)中所述的pH调节剂选自:(i)醋酸钠,(ii)氢氧化钠,和(iii)醋酸钠和氢氧化钠的组合。The preparation method according to claim 12, wherein the pH adjusting agent described in step (1d) is selected from: (i) sodium acetate, (ii) sodium hydroxide, and (iii) sodium acetate and hydroxide A combination of sodium.
  14. 如权利要求12所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(1d)中,反应在pH值为1至5的条件下进行,优选在pH值为3至4的条件下进行。The preparation method according to claim 12, wherein in step (1d), the reaction is carried out under the condition of pH 1 to 5, preferably under the condition of pH 3 to 4.
  15. 如权利要求12所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(1d)中,反应温度为-20℃至50℃,优选为0℃至30℃,更优选为5℃至25℃。The preparation method according to claim 12, wherein in step (1d), the reaction temperature is -20°C to 50°C, preferably 0°C to 30°C, more preferably 5°C to 25°C.
  16. 一种式(Ⅶ-a)所示的化合物或其盐:A compound of formula (VII-a) or a salt thereof:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100007
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
    m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;以及m, n are each independently 0, 1, or 2; and
    Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
    其中,所述的盐为式(Ⅶ-a)化合物与酸形成的盐。Wherein, the salt is the salt formed by the compound of formula (VII-a) and an acid.
  17. 一种式(Ⅶ-a)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:在惰性溶剂中,在碱存在下,将式(Ⅵ)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物进行取代反应,从而得到式(Ⅶ-a)化合物;A preparation method of a compound of formula (VII-a), comprising the steps of: in an inert solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound of formula (VI) is subjected to a substitution reaction with a compound of formula (VIa), thereby obtaining formula (VII-a) compound;
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100008
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
    m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
    Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基;以及 Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl; and
    R LG选自:卤素、氨基、羟基、(HO) 2B-、硼酸酯、(NO 2) 2C 6H 3O-、CH 3S(O) 2O-、CF 3S(O) 2O-、p-CH 3C 6H 4S(O) 2O-、CH 3S(O) 2-、CH 3S(O)-。 R LG is selected from: halogen, amino, hydroxyl, (HO) 2 B-, boronate ester, (NO 2 ) 2 C 6 H 3 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 O-, CF 3 S(O) 2 O-, p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 S(O) 2 O-, CH 3 S(O) 2 -, CH 3 S(O)-.
  18. 一种式(Ⅶ)所示的化合物或其盐:A compound of formula (VII) or a salt thereof:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100009
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
    m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;以及m, n are each independently 0, 1, or 2; and
    Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基; Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl;
    其中,所述的盐为式(Ⅶ)化合物与酸形成的盐。Wherein, the said salt is a salt formed by the compound of formula (VII) and an acid.
  19. 如权利要求16或18所述的化合物或其盐,其特征在于,所述酸为无机酸。The compound or its salt according to claim 16 or 18, wherein the acid is an inorganic acid.
  20. 如权利要求18所述的化合物或其盐,其特征在于,所述式(Ⅶ)化合物为如下结构:The compound or its salt according to claim 18, wherein the compound of formula (VII) has the following structure:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100010
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100010
  21. 一种式(Ⅶ)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:将式(Ⅶ-a)化合物纯化,得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;A preparation method of the compound of formula (VII), comprising the steps of: purifying the compound of formula (VII-a) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100011
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100011
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基,并且(R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy, and (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is substituted with m R b s, each R b being the same or different, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
    m、n各自独立地为0、1或2;以及m, n are each independently 0, 1, or 2; and
    Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基。 Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述式(Ⅶ-a)化合物由权利要求17所述制备方法制得。The preparation method of claim 21, wherein the compound of formula (VII-a) is prepared by the preparation method of claim 17.
  23. 如权利要求21所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述纯化为对式(Ⅶ-a)化合物或其溶液进行加酸处理。The preparation method according to claim 21, characterized in that, the purification is adding acid to the compound of formula (VII-a) or its solution.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述加酸处理为用含有酸的溶液进行处理。The preparation method according to claim 23, wherein the acid addition treatment is treatment with an acid-containing solution.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述酸选自有机酸和无机酸,其中无机酸选自:盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、碳酸、磷酸;有机酸选自:乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸。The preparation method of claim 24, wherein the acid is selected from an organic acid and an inorganic acid, wherein the inorganic acid is selected from: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid; the organic acid is selected from: Acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid acid, citric acid, tartaric acid and methanesulfonic acid.
  26. 如权利要求17所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述式(VI)化合物由包含以下步骤的方法制得:The preparation method of claim 17, wherein the compound of formula (VI) is prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
    (a)将式(I)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(III)化合物;(a) subjecting the compound of formula (I) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (III);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100012
    (b)将式(III)化合物进行消除反应,从而得到式(IV)化合物;(b) the compound of formula (III) is subjected to elimination reaction to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100013
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100013
    (c)将式(IV)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(V)化合物;和(c) subjecting the compound of formula (IV) to a reduction reaction to obtain a compound of formula (V); and
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100014
    (d)将式(V)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(VI)化合物;(d) subjecting the compound of formula (V) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (VI);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100015
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100015
    其中上述各式中,环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Wherein in the above formulas, ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that the hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    n为0、1或2;以及n is 0, 1, or 2; and
    R 1、R 2各自独立地为C 1-3烷基。 R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1-3 alkyl.
  27. 一种式(Ⅶ)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:A preparation method of a compound of formula (VII), comprising the steps:
    (a)将式(I)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(III)化合物;(a) subjecting the compound of formula (I) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (III);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100016
    (b)将式(III)化合物进行消除反应,从而得到式(IV)化合物;(b) the compound of formula (III) is subjected to elimination reaction to obtain the compound of formula (IV);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100017
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100017
    (c1)将式(IV)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(V-1)化合物;(c1) subjecting the compound of formula (IV) to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound of formula (V-1);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100018
    (d1)将式(V-1)化合物进行还原反应,从而得到式(VI-1)化合物;和(d1) subjecting the compound of formula (V-1) to a reduction reaction to obtain a compound of formula (VI-1); and
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100019
    (e1)将式(Ⅵ-1)化合物与式(Ⅵa)化合物进行取代反应,从而得到式(Ⅶ)化合物;(e1) subjecting the compound of formula (VI-1) to a substitution reaction with the compound of formula (VIa) to obtain the compound of formula (VII);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100020
  28. 如权利要求27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述式(I)化合物由权利要求4所述制备方法制得。The preparation method of claim 27, wherein the compound of formula (I) is prepared by the preparation method of claim 4.
  29. 如权利要求26或27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(a)的还原反应在含有还原剂和惰性溶剂的体系中进行,The preparation method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the reduction reaction of step (a) is carried out in a system containing a reducing agent and an inert solvent,
    所述还原剂选自:The reducing agent is selected from:
    (a)硼氢化四丁基胺盐、丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠、三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠、氰基硼氢化钠、硼氢化钠、硼氢化锂、硼氢化钾、硼烷、异丙醇-三异丙氧铝、四氢铝锂、三叔丁氧基氢化铝锂和二碘化钐中的一个或多个;(a) Tetrabutylamine borohydride, sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, borane, iso Propanol—one or more of aluminum triisopropoxide, lithium aluminum tetrahydrogen, lithium aluminum tri-tert-butoxide, and samarium diiodide;
    (b)锌和路易斯酸的组合;和(b) a combination of zinc and a Lewis acid; and
    (c)催化剂与供氢体的组合,所示催化剂选自金属钯、镍、铂和铅,所述供氢体选自氢气、甲酸和甲酸盐;(c) a combination of a catalyst and a hydrogen donor, wherein the catalyst is selected from metal palladium, nickel, platinum and lead, and the hydrogen donor is selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:水、C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺及其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: water, C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1, 2-Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and combinations thereof.
  30. 如权利要求26或27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(b)的消除反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:羟基活化剂、碱和惰性溶剂。The preparation method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the elimination reaction of step (b) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a hydroxyl activator, a base and an inert solvent.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述羟基活化剂为磺酰氯,所述磺酰氯选自:苯磺酰氯、对甲苯磺酰氯、甲磺酰氯。The preparation method of claim 30, wherein the hydroxyl activator is a sulfonyl chloride, and the sulfonyl chloride is selected from the group consisting of: benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and methanesulfonyl chloride.
  32. 如权利要求30所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述碱选自:三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶及其组合。The preparation method of claim 30, wherein the base is selected from the group consisting of: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, tertiary Potassium butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N- Methylmorpholine, pyridine, and combinations thereof.
  33. 如权利要求30所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述碱选自:氨水、三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、四甲基乙二胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、吡唑、咪啶、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸氢钠、碳酸钾、乙酸钠、苯酚钠、苯甲酸钠、柠檬酸钠、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶及其组合。The preparation method of claim 30, wherein the base is selected from the group consisting of: ammonia water, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, tetramethylethylenediamine, triethylamine Butylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU ), pyrazole, imididine, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium acetate, sodium phenate, sodium benzoate, sodium citrate, N-methylmorpholine, Pyridine and combinations thereof.
  34. 如权利要求30所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述惰性溶剂选自:甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇及其组合。The preparation method of claim 30, wherein the inert solvent is selected from the group consisting of: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, Chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, and combinations thereof.
  35. 如权利要求26所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有还原剂和惰性溶剂的体系中进行,The preparation method of claim 26, wherein the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing a reducing agent and an inert solvent,
    其中所述还原剂选自:wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
    (a)以下中的一个或多个:金属镁,烷基硅氢化合物,硼氢化钠,硼氢化锂,硼氢化钾,锡、硒或 碲的氢化物,硼烷,连二亚硫酸钠,烯键还原酶,酵母酶;(a) One or more of the following: magnesium metal, alkyl silicon hydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, hydride of tin, selenium or tellurium, borane, sodium hydrosulfite, olefinic bond Reductase, yeast enzyme;
    (b)锌和供氢体的组合,所述供氢体选自甲酸和甲酸盐;(b) a combination of zinc and a hydrogen donor selected from formic acid and formate salts;
    (c)锡、一氧化碳和水的组合;(c) a combination of tin, carbon monoxide and water;
    (d)络合物和供氢体的组合,所述络合物选自钯、铑、钴、镍、钌、铱、铜的络合物,所述供氢体选自氢气、甲酸和甲酸盐;和(d) a combination of a complex and a hydrogen donor, the complex is selected from the complex of palladium, rhodium, cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper, and the hydrogen donor is selected from hydrogen, formic acid and methyl acid; and
    (e)催化剂和供氢体的组合,所述催化剂选自钯和镍,所述供氢体选自氢气、甲酸和甲酸盐;(e) a combination of a catalyst and a hydrogen donor, the catalyst is selected from palladium and nickel, and the hydrogen donor is selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺及其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and combinations thereof.
  36. 如权利要求26所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(c)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂、路易斯酸和惰性溶剂,The preparation method of claim 26, wherein the reduction reaction of step (c) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent, a Lewis acid and an inert solvent,
    其中所述还原剂选自:硼氢化钾、硼氢化钠和硼氢化锂;Wherein the reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and lithium borohydride;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺及其组合;以及 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and combinations thereof; and
    所述路易斯酸选自:氯化锂、氯化钴、氯化镁、氯化锌、氯化铜、氯化铝、氯化亚铁、氯化镍和二氯化镓。The Lewis acid is selected from the group consisting of: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, cupric chloride, aluminum chloride, ferrous chloride, nickel chloride and gallium dichloride.
  37. 如权利要求27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有还原剂和惰性溶剂的体系中进行,The preparation method of claim 27, wherein the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing a reducing agent and an inert solvent,
    其中所述还原剂选自:wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
    (a)以下中的一个或多个:金属镁,烷基硅氢化合物,硼氢化钠,硼氢化锂,硼氢化钾,锡、硒或碲的氢化物,硼烷,连二亚硫酸钠,烯键还原酶,酵母酶;(a) One or more of the following: magnesium metal, alkyl silicon hydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, potassium borohydride, hydride of tin, selenium or tellurium, borane, sodium hydrosulfite, olefinic bond Reductase, yeast enzyme;
    (b)锌和供氢体的组合,所述供氢体选自甲酸和甲酸盐;(b) a combination of zinc and a hydrogen donor selected from formic acid and formate salts;
    (c)锡、一氧化碳和水的组合;(c) a combination of tin, carbon monoxide and water;
    (d)络合物和供氢体的组合,所述络合物选自钯、铑、钴、镍、钌、铱、铜的络合物,所述供氢体选自氢气、甲酸和甲酸盐;和(d) a combination of a complex and a hydrogen donor, the complex is selected from the complex of palladium, rhodium, cobalt, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, copper, and the hydrogen donor is selected from hydrogen, formic acid and methyl acid; and
    (e)催化剂和供氢体的组合,所述催化剂选自钯和镍,所述供氢体选自氢气、甲酸和甲酸盐;(e) a combination of a catalyst and a hydrogen donor, the catalyst is selected from palladium and nickel, and the hydrogen donor is selected from hydrogen, formic acid and formate;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺及其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and combinations thereof.
  38. 如权利要求27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,步骤(c1)的还原反应在含有如下试剂的体系中进行:还原剂、路易斯酸和惰性溶剂,The preparation method according to claim 27, wherein the reduction reaction of step (c1) is carried out in a system containing the following reagents: a reducing agent, a Lewis acid and an inert solvent,
    其中所述还原剂选自:硼氢化钾、硼氢化钠和硼氢化锂;Wherein the reducing agent is selected from: potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride and lithium borohydride;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺及其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and combinations thereof.
  39. 如权利要求38所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述路易斯酸选自:氯化锂、氯化钴、氯化镁、氯化锌、氯化铜、氯化铝、氯化亚铁、氯化镍和二氯化镓。The preparation method of claim 38, wherein the Lewis acid is selected from the group consisting of: lithium chloride, cobalt chloride, magnesium chloride, zinc chloride, copper chloride, aluminum chloride, ferrous chloride, chloride Nickel and Gallium Dichloride.
  40. 如权利要求26或27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,还原反应在含有还原剂和惰性溶剂的体系中进行,The preparation method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the reduction reaction is carried out in a system containing a reducing agent and an inert solvent,
    其中所述还原剂选自:wherein the reducing agent is selected from:
    (a)红铝、丙二酰氧基硼氢化钠、三乙酰氧基硼氢化钠、氰基硼氢化钠、硼氢化钠、硼氢化锂、三乙基硼氢化锂、三仲丁基硼氢化锂、硼氢化钾、硼烷、二异丁基氢化铝、三叔丁氧基氢化铝锂、四氢铝锂、氢氧化钾-二甘醇和二碘化钐中的一个或多个;(a) Red aluminum, sodium malonyloxyborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, tri-sec-butylborohydride one or more of lithium, potassium borohydride, borane, diisobutylaluminum hydride, lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride, lithium tetrahydroaluminum, potassium hydroxide-diglycol, and samarium diiodide;
    (b)钯催化剂和氢气的组合;(b) a combination of a palladium catalyst and hydrogen;
    (c)硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾或硼氢化锂和路易斯酸的组合;和(c) a combination of sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride or lithium borohydride and a Lewis acid; and
    (d)[CpFe(CO) 2(PCy 3)][BF 4]和苯基硅烷的组合; (d) a combination of [CpFe(CO) 2 (PCy 3 )][BF 4 ] and phenylsilane;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:C 1-4烷基醇、甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、 二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺及其组合。 The inert solvent is selected from: C 1-4 alkyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- Dichloroethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and combinations thereof.
  41. 如权利要求17或27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,取代反应在含有碱和惰性溶剂的体系中进行,The preparation method according to claim 17 or 27, wherein the substitution reaction is carried out in a system containing a base and an inert solvent,
    所述碱选自:三乙胺、二异丙基乙胺、三丁胺、甲醇钠、乙醇钠、乙醇钾、叔丁醇钠、叔丁醇钾、叔丁醇锂、1,8-二氮杂双环[5,4,0]-7-十一烯(DBU)、氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾、N-甲基吗啉、吡啶及其组合;The base is selected from: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, 1,8-dimethoxide azabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene (DBU), lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, and combinations thereof;
    所述惰性溶剂选自:甲苯、二甲苯、甲基叔丁基醚、四氢呋喃、1,4-二氧六环、乙醚、二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、二甲亚砜、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、异丙醇、丁醇及其组合。The inert solvent is selected from: toluene, xylene, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, ethyl acetate , acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, and combinations thereof.
  42. 如权利要求17或27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,式(Ⅵa)化合物选自:The preparation method according to claim 17 or 27, wherein the compound of formula (VIa) is selected from:
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100021
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100021
  43. 如权利要求21或27所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述制备方法还包括步骤:使式(Ⅶ)化合物与酸成盐得到式(Ⅶ)化合物的盐。The preparation method according to claim 21 or 27, characterized in that, the preparation method further comprises the step of: salting the compound of formula (VII) with an acid to obtain a salt of the compound of formula (VII).
  44. 一种式(IX)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:在溶剂中,将式(Ⅶ)化合物或其盐脱去氮原子上的取代基,从而得到式(IX)化合物;A preparation method of a compound of formula (IX), comprising the steps of: in a solvent, removing a substituent on a nitrogen atom from a compound of formula (VII) or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of formula (IX);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100022
    其中,in,
    环A为苯环、吡啶环或萘环;Ring A is a benzene ring, a pyridine ring or a naphthalene ring;
    (R a) n表示环A上的氢被n个R a取代,每个R a相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R a ) n represents that a hydrogen on ring A is substituted with n R a , each of which is the same or different, and each is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    (R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is replaced by m R b , each R b is the same or different, and each R b is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    R 2为C 1-3烷基; R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl;
    m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
    n为0、1或2;以及n is 0, 1, or 2; and
    Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基。 Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  45. 如权利要求44所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述式(Ⅶ)化合物由权利要求21或27所述的制备方法制得。The preparation method of claim 44, wherein the compound of formula (VII) is prepared by the preparation method of claim 21 or 27.
  46. 一种式(X)化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:在惰性溶剂中,将式(IX)化合物或其盐与5-甲基-2-(嘧啶-2-基)苯甲酸进行缩合反应,从而得到式(X)化合物;A preparation method of a compound of formula (X), comprising the steps of: in an inert solvent, a compound of formula (IX) or a salt thereof is subjected to a condensation reaction with 5-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)benzoic acid, thereby to obtain the compound of formula (X);
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100023
    Figure PCTCN2021133949-appb-100023
    其中,in,
    (R b) m表示环上的氢被m个R b取代,每个R b相同或不同,且各自独立地为氢、卤素、C 1-3烷基或C 1-3烷氧基; (R b ) m represents that the hydrogen on the ring is replaced by m R b , each R b is the same or different, and each R b is independently hydrogen, halogen, C 1-3 alkyl or C 1-3 alkoxy;
    m为0、1或2;以及m is 0, 1, or 2; and
    Z为N或CR 3;R 3为氢、卤素或C 1-3烷基。 Z is N or CR 3 ; R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  47. 如权利要求46所述的制备方法,其特征在于,所述式(IX)化合物由权利要求44所述的制备方法制得。The preparation method of claim 46, wherein the compound of formula (IX) is prepared by the preparation method of claim 44.
PCT/CN2021/133949 2020-11-30 2021-11-29 Substituted azabicyclooctane compound and preparation method therefor, and intermediate and preparation method therefor WO2022111683A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180079164.6A CN116635392A (en) 2020-11-30 2021-11-29 Substituted azabicyclooctane compounds, intermediates thereof and methods of making

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011376034.2A CN112480107B (en) 2020-11-30 2020-11-30 Substituted azabicyclooctane compounds, intermediates therefor and processes for their preparation
CN202011376034.2 2020-11-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022111683A1 true WO2022111683A1 (en) 2022-06-02

Family

ID=74937551

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/133949 WO2022111683A1 (en) 2020-11-30 2021-11-29 Substituted azabicyclooctane compound and preparation method therefor, and intermediate and preparation method therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN112480107B (en)
WO (1) WO2022111683A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112480107B (en) * 2020-11-30 2022-08-16 上海海雁医药科技有限公司 Substituted azabicyclooctane compounds, intermediates therefor and processes for their preparation

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004031185A1 (en) * 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane ether derivatives and their use as neurokinin receptor antagonists
US20100331544A1 (en) * 2007-09-28 2010-12-30 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing (1r,5s) anhydroecgonine ester salts
WO2017028732A1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-23 上海海雁医药科技有限公司 Crystal form of orexin receptor antagonist compound, and preparation method and application thereof
CN112480107A (en) * 2020-11-30 2021-03-12 上海海雁医药科技有限公司 Substituted azabicyclooctane compounds, intermediates therefor and processes for their preparation

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2356225T3 (en) * 1998-09-30 2011-04-06 Nihon Medi-Physics Co., Ltd. PROCEDURE TO PRODUCE AN OPTICALLY ACTIVE TROPINONA-MONOCARBOXYLIC ACID DERIVATIVE.
PE20170184A1 (en) * 2014-03-06 2017-04-07 Shanghai Haiyan Pharmaceutical Tech Co Ltd PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES AS ANTAGONIST OF OREXIN RECEPTORS

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004031185A1 (en) * 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane ether derivatives and their use as neurokinin receptor antagonists
US20100331544A1 (en) * 2007-09-28 2010-12-30 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing (1r,5s) anhydroecgonine ester salts
WO2017028732A1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-23 上海海雁医药科技有限公司 Crystal form of orexin receptor antagonist compound, and preparation method and application thereof
CN112480107A (en) * 2020-11-30 2021-03-12 上海海雁医药科技有限公司 Substituted azabicyclooctane compounds, intermediates therefor and processes for their preparation

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MAREK MAJEWSKI, RYSZARD LAZNY: "Synthesis of Tropane Alkaloids via Enantioselective Deprotonation of Tropinone", THE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 60, no. 18, 1 September 1995 (1995-09-01), pages 5825 - 5830, XP055707604, ISSN: 0022-3263, DOI: 10.1021/jo00123a018 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116635392A (en) 2023-08-22
CN112480107B (en) 2022-08-16
CN112480107A (en) 2021-03-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI685486B (en) Process for the preparation of a pde4 inhibitor
TWI697495B (en) Synthesis of copanlisib and its dihydrochloride salt
JP7153030B2 (en) Opioid Receptor (MOR) Agonist Salt, Its Fumarate Salt I Crystalline Form, and Process for Making Same
TW201725207A (en) Crystalline form of BTK kinase inhibitor and a preparation method thereof
WO2011006387A1 (en) Process for preparing agomelatine, crystals of agomelatine and preparing process thereof
CN109776422B (en) Chiral 1, 3-diaryl imidazole salt carbene precursor, synthesis method thereof, metal salt compound and application
JPH08506354A (en) Process for producing 5- [2- (4- (benzisothiazol-3-yl) -piperazin-1-yl) ethyl-6-chloro-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one and intermediate for the production
WO2015154637A1 (en) Method for preparing silodosin intermediate
CN109956870A (en) A kind of Luo Shasi his synthetic method and its midbody compound
WO2020253865A1 (en) Methods for preparing cdk4/6 inhibitor and salt and intermediate thereof
WO2022111683A1 (en) Substituted azabicyclooctane compound and preparation method therefor, and intermediate and preparation method therefor
WO2011109932A1 (en) Novel process for the manufacture of 5-halogenated-7-azaindoles
JP6904519B2 (en) Manufacturing methods and intermediates for synthesizing intermediates for the antitumor drug niraparib
CN101247806A (en) SnAr process for preparing benzimidazole compounds
WO2014056421A1 (en) 1-cyan-1-(7-methoxyl-1-naphtyl) methanol ester compound and preparation method and use thereof
WO2022135300A1 (en) Synthesis and use of 1-benzyl-4-methyl-5-alkoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine derivative
TWI825163B (en) Method for producing tetracyclic compound
TW201710260A (en) Preparation for compound of orexin receptor resist, intermediate and crystal form thereof
CA2612419C (en) Process for preparing benzimidazole compounds
CN107556237B (en) Preparation method of 3- (2-phenethyl) -2-pyridine carboxamide compound
CN110563721A (en) Preparation method of azasetron hydrochloride
JPWO2015012271A1 (en) Method for producing heterocyclic compound
CN104098556A (en) Novel synthetic process for rivaroxaban
CN109824537B (en) Preparation method of N- (3-acetyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) acetamide
CN114907315B (en) Synthesis method of Selitretinib intermediate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21897183

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180079164.6

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21897183

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1